Service Manual

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S6000

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S6000 System

9.7(0.0)

Summary of content (1684 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S6000 System 9.7(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide..................................................................................................41 Objectives............................................................................................................................................ 41 Audience.............................................................................................................................................. 41 Conventions.................................................................
PAGE 4
show version....................................................................................................................................... 83 upgrade system...................................................................................................................................85 upgrade boot...................................................................................................................................... 86 verify.........................................................
PAGE 5
show environment............................................................................................................................ 129 show inventory.................................................................................................................................. 131 show memory....................................................................................................................................133 show processes cpu.....................................................
PAGE 6
remark..........................................................................................................................................182 show config.................................................................................................................................184 Common IP ACL Commands........................................................................................................... 185 access-class..........................................................................
PAGE 7
ip prefix-list..................................................................................................................................239 seq............................................................................................................................................... 240 show config................................................................................................................................. 241 show ip prefix-list detail..........................................
PAGE 8
permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs)...................................................................................285 permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs)................................................................................................. 287 permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs)...................................................................................................288 permit (for Extended IP ACLs)...................................................................................
PAGE 9
show default-gateway...................................................................................................................... 332 show interface management ethernet............................................................................................ 333 show serial console baud rate..........................................................................................................333 watchdog ..................................................................................
PAGE 10
debug ip bgp updates................................................................................................................. 375 default-metric............................................................................................................................. 376 deny bandwidth...........................................................................................................................377 description..............................................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp community-list...................................................................................................... 423 show ip bgp dampened-paths................................................................................................... 425 show ip bgp detail....................................................................................................................... 427 show ip bgp extcommunity-list..............................................................................
PAGE 12
DCB Command.................................................................................................................................478 dcb-enable.................................................................................................................................. 478 PFC Commands................................................................................................................................ 479 clear pfc counters............................................................
PAGE 13
online stack-unit......................................................................................................................... 525 Hardware Commands...................................................................................................................... 526 clear hardware stack-unit...........................................................................................................526 clear hardware system-flow...................................................................
PAGE 14
ip dhcp snooping........................................................................................................................ 563 ipv6 dhcp snooping.................................................................................................................... 564 ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan............................................................................................................ 564 ip dhcp snooping binding........................................................................
PAGE 15
clear fip-snooping database interface vlan..................................................................................... 596 clear fip-snooping statistics..............................................................................................................597 debug fip snooping...........................................................................................................................598 debug fip snooping rx.......................................................................
PAGE 16
20 ICMP Message Types.....................................................................................636 21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP).........................................638 IGMP Commands............................................................................................................................. 638 clear ip igmp groups................................................................................................................... 638 debug ip igmp.................
PAGE 17
interface range............................................................................................................................680 interface range macro (define)...................................................................................................683 interface range macro name......................................................................................................684 interface vlan..........................................................................................
PAGE 18
arp backoff-time............................................................................................................................... 743 arp learn-enable................................................................................................................................744 arp max-entries.................................................................................................................................745 arp retries.........................................................
PAGE 19
show ip flow...................................................................................................................................... 797 show ip interface.............................................................................................................................. 798 show ip management-route............................................................................................................ 801 show ipv6 management-route..................................................
PAGE 20
debug isis spf-triggers...................................................................................................................... 849 debug isis update-packets............................................................................................................... 850 default-information originate........................................................................................................... 851 description.........................................................................
PAGE 21
redistribute........................................................................................................................................888 redistribute bgp................................................................................................................................ 890 redistribute ospf................................................................................................................................ 891 router isis..................................................
PAGE 22
show config.................................................................................................................................935 show vlan.................................................................................................................................... 936 tagged..........................................................................................................................................939 track ip..................................................................
PAGE 23
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing............................................................976 arp (for Multicast MAC Address)....................................................................................................... 976 mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address)................................................................... 977 ip vlan-flooding.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
IPv4 Multicast Commands.............................................................................................................. 1012 clear ip mroute.......................................................................................................................... 1012 ip mroute................................................................................................................................... 1013 ip multicast-limit..................................................................
PAGE 25
track ip route metric threshold................................................................................................ 1048 track ip route reachability.........................................................................................................1049 track resolution ip route............................................................................................................1051 IPv6 Object Tracking Commands...........................................................................
PAGE 26
ip ospf retransmit-interval........................................................................................................1090 ip ospf transmit-delay............................................................................................................... 1091 log-adjacency-changes............................................................................................................1091 maximum-paths..........................................................................................
PAGE 27
graceful-restart grace-period...................................................................................................1150 graceful-restart mode................................................................................................................1151 ipv6 ospf area.............................................................................................................................1152 ipv6 ospf authentication.........................................................................
PAGE 28
ip pim query-interval................................................................................................................. 1195 ip pim register-filter...................................................................................................................1196 ip pim rp-address.......................................................................................................................1197 ip pim rp-candidate......................................................................
PAGE 29
vlan max-age...................................................................................................................................1243 42 Quality of Service (QoS)..............................................................................1245 Global Configuration Commands..................................................................................................1245 qos-rate-adjust..........................................................................................................
PAGE 30
show qos qos-policy-output....................................................................................................1279 show qos statistics.................................................................................................................... 1280 show qos wred-profile..............................................................................................................1281 service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight............................................................
PAGE 31
redistribute ospf...............................................................................................................................1321 router rip..........................................................................................................................................1322 show config.....................................................................................................................................1323 show ip rip database.........................................
PAGE 32
show accounting.......................................................................................................................1365 Authorization and Privilege Commands........................................................................................ 1366 authorization............................................................................................................................. 1366 aaa authorization commands.........................................................................
PAGE 33
tacacs-server vrf....................................................................................................................... 1406 Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands...................................................................................... 1407 dot1x authentication (Configuration).......................................................................................1408 dot1x authentication (Interface).................................................................................
PAGE 34
ip dhcp relay..............................................................................................................................1445 ip dhcp snooping...................................................................................................................... 1446 ip dhcp snooping binding.........................................................................................................1446 ip dhcp snooping database renew...............................................................
PAGE 35
snmp-server community..........................................................................................................1480 snmp-server contact................................................................................................................ 1482 snmp-server enable traps.........................................................................................................1483 snmp-server engineID.........................................................................................
PAGE 36
redundancy disable-auto-reboot.................................................................................................. 1530 redundancy force-failover stack-unit............................................................................................ 1531 redundancy protocol...................................................................................................................... 1532 reset stack-unit.....................................................................................
PAGE 37
ntp broadcast client........................................................................................................................ 1572 ntp disable....................................................................................................................................... 1573 ntp multicast client..........................................................................................................................1573 ntp master ...............................................
PAGE 38
ip route-export................................................................................................................................1610 ip route-import................................................................................................................................ 1611 ipv6 route-export............................................................................................................................ 1612 ipv6 route-import...................................................
PAGE 39
vlt-peer-lag port-channel.............................................................................................................. 1647 60 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN)................................................................ 1648 feature vxlan....................................................................................................................................1648 debug vxlan..........................................................................................................
PAGE 40
debug vrrp ipv6......................................................................................................................... 1679 show vrrp ipv6........................................................................................................................... 1681 vrrp-ipv6-group........................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 42
{X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information.
PAGE 43
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 44
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 45
source-route options ssh tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Process packets with source routing header SSH configuration commands Interface configuration for TACACS+ Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Named trace-list Named trace-list When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords.
PAGE 46
Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the Dell Networking OS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section.
PAGE 47
show run | grep ethernet does not return the previous search result because it only searches for instances containing a noncapitalized “ethernet” show run | grep Ethernet ignore-case returns instances containing both “Ethernet” and “ethernet” no-more does not paginate the display output save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe.
PAGE 48
Based on whether VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command will be stored in running-configuration and will precede all other VRF-related configurations. NOTE: The MXL and Z9000 platforms currently do not support VRF. These platforms support only the management and default VRFs, which are available by default. As a result, the feature vrf command is not available for these platforms.
PAGE 49
Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. Example Dell#show feature Feature State -----------------------------VRF enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode.
PAGE 50
CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-controlcpuqos). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode.
PAGE 51
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and enter EXEC Privilege mode, which is used to configure the device.
PAGE 52
To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number.
PAGE 53
To enter ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode. 2. Enter the command address-family ipv6 unicast. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_isis-af_ipv6). LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, refer to Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 54
To enter MONITOR SESSION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the monitor session command then the session ID. The prompt changes to include (confmon-sess-sessionID). MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, refer to Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 55
PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command. Include a name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include (conf-nprefixl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).
PAGE 56
2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, refer to Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command.
PAGE 57
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, refer to Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include (conf-stp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1.
PAGE 58
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system. Syntax boot system {gateway ip address| stack-unit [{0-11 | 0-7]| all] [default | primary {system {A: | B: | bmp-boot} | tftp: | | secondary]} To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system command.
PAGE 59
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced the support for bmp-boot on the S-Series and Z-Series switches. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 60
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added NFS mount support. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 61
Command Modes Command History EXEC Version 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000, Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Example copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash:// sample_file Related Commands copy ftp:flash Copy files from FTP server to switch copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field).
PAGE 62
To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; • If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; To copy a file on the external FLASH enter slot0:// followed by the filename To copy a file on a TFTP server enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from an external
PAGE 63
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and added the SSH port number to the SCP prompt sequence on all systems. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell Networking OS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level, on both the internal and external Flash. When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy [SCP]), enter only the keywords and Dell Networking OS prompts you for the rest of the information.
PAGE 64
Example Dell#copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath Destination file name [test.txt]: User name to login remote host: usrname Password to login remote host: Example Dell#copy scp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.199.134 Port number of the server [22]: 99 Source file name []: test.cfg User name to login remote host: admin Password to login remote host: Destination file name [test.cfg]: test1.
PAGE 65
no-confirm (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-confirm to specify that Dell Networking OS does not require user input for each file prior to deletion. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 66
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 67
format flash (S-Series) Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory. After the filesystem is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format flash: Defaults flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 68
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on S4820T.
PAGE 69
Example Dell#mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Related Commands rmdir – removes a directory. mount nfs Mounts an NFS file system to a device. Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system. username (OPTIONAL) Enter the user name to access the device. password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password.
PAGE 70
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Example Dell#rmdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Proceed to remove the directory [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell# Related Commands mkdir – creates a directory. upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image. To upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image, use the upgrade boot command.
PAGE 71
usbflash: fileurl Enter the keyword usbflash: and specify the location of the source file in the format //directory-path to upgrade form an external flash device or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. A: | B: Specify the flash partition of the operating-system image to be upgraded. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 72
.............! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!! Image upgraded to all rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path.
PAGE 73
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax Parameters show boot system {stack-unit {0-11 | 0-7 | 0-5 | all}} all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all line cards and rpms. stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number to display boot image information for a stack-unit. The S6000 range is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 74
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 75
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Command Fields Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 76
Related Commands format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 77
------ Platform Version Size ReleaseTime S-Series: SI 9-4(0-50) 49100764 Mar 6 2014 23:47:48 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9-4(0-50) Control Processor passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.1.1.
PAGE 78
bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration eis for the current EIS configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the curren
PAGE 79
File Management logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuratio
PAGE 80
sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration uplinkstate-group for the uplink state group configuration users for th
PAGE 81
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.
PAGE 82
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 83
show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields File Management Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 84
Example (SSeries) Lines Beginning With Description 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Application Software Version: E7-8-1-13 Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 85
upgrade system Upgrade the system image. S6000 Syntax Parameters upgrade system {flash: | ftp: | scp: | tftp: | usbflash: | stack-unit {0-5 | all} {A: | B:} 0–5 Enter the keywords 0–5 to upgrade only the mentioned stack-unit. all Enter the keyword all to upgrade all the member units of the stack. ftp Enter the keyword ftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 86
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must reload FTOS after executing this command. Use the command upgrade system stack-unit to copy FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
PAGE 87
ftp Enter the keyword ftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp Enter the keyword tftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //hostlocation/filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. flash Enter the keyword flash to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //filepath, or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 88
verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed. Syntax Parameters verify { md5 | sha256 }[ flash:// ] img-file [hash-value] md5 Enter the md5 keyword to use the MD5 message-digest algorithm. sha256 Enter the sha256 keyword to use the SHA256 Secure Hash Algorithm flash:// (Optional). Enter the flash:// keyword. The default is to use the flash drive. You can just enter the image file name.
PAGE 89
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: Starting in version 9.0.2.0, the enable xfp-power-updates command was deprecated for the S6000 This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 90
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character.
PAGE 91
Parameters keyboardinteractive Enter the keyword keyboard-interactive to require a carriage return (CR) to get the message banner prompt. c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your text banner message ending the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%).
PAGE 92
This is the banner% Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 13d21h9m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 13d21h10m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner.
PAGE 93
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character.
PAGE 94
cam-acl {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2ptnu mber ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [vmanqos | vmandual-qos number} Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 95
The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 96
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 97
disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 98
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 99
Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 100
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 101
• Command History ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 102
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 103
Command History • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 105
Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 106
password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password. Without specifying an encryption type, the password is unencrypted. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) After the keyword password, enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 107
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.
PAGE 108
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 109
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 110
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 111
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
PAGE 112
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF-aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server. If no VRF name is specified, then the default VRF is used. ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command.
PAGE 113
ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. S6000 Syntax ip telnet server vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the TELNET server configuration, use the no ip telnet server [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET server.
PAGE 114
To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 115
Related Commands telnet — telnet to another device. ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 116
line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. Syntax Parameters line {aux 0 |console 0 | vty number [end-number]} aux 0 Enter the keyword aux 0 to configure the auxiliary terminal connection. console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
PAGE 117
password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. Syntax motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, use the no motd-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 118
[sweep-max-size] [sweep-interval] [ointerface (ip src-ipv4address) | interface] Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 119
validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-minsize Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes.
PAGE 120
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 121
Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot Dell Networking Operating System (OS). Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true.
PAGE 122
changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal.
PAGE 123
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6.
PAGE 124
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. show alarms View alarms currently active in the system.
PAGE 125
Example Dell# show alarms -- Minor Alarms -Alarm Type Duration ---------------------------------------------RPM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 2 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 3 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 4 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 5 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 6 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 7 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 36 min stack-unit 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 36
PAGE 126
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Reload the system to reset the command-tree counters.
PAGE 127
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 128
No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 128 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 129
show environment View S-Series and Z-Series system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show environment [all | fan | stack-unit unit-id | pem ] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent. stack-unit unitid Enter the keyword stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member.
PAGE 130
Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage TempStatus -------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 online 36C ok 1 * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------------------------------------
PAGE 131
show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. Syntax Parameters show inventory [media slot] media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory. NOTE: This parameter is available but not supported in Dell Networking Operating System version 8.3.11.4.
PAGE 132
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 S6000-01-FE-32T NA 08YWFG A00 CN-08YWFG-28298-39Q-0015 A00 24N1VS1 463 414 838 5 0 S6000-PWR-AC NA 0T9FNW A00 CN-0T9FNW-28298-39Q-0005 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0009 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0007 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0008 A00 NA NA * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured ----------------
PAGE 133
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax Parameters show memory [stack-unit id] stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID of the S-Series stack member to display memory information on the designated stack member. The unit ID range from 0 to 11. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 134
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit id | summary | [stack-unit id]] managementunit 1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Refer to Example (managementunit).
PAGE 135
stack-unit summary | Unit Number Summary of CPU utilization Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------UNIT0 3% 3% 1% Dell#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 13.17 11.53 0.00 CORE 2 9.38 12.16 0.00 Overall 11.28 11.84 0.
PAGE 136
Process: system PID: 0 CPU usage: 1min - 13.37% 5min - 12.94% CoreID: 3 Process: sysdlp PID: 428 CPU usage: - 2.56% 5min - 3.40% CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 CPU usage: - 0.96% 5min - 2.50% CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) Invoked 1Min 5Min TTY Thread 56 20 2 0.00% 0.00% 0 usm 55 10 1 0.00% 0.00% 0 DHCLIENT 54 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cms 53 60 6 0.00% 0.00% 0 portmirr 52 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cfgDataSync 51 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 sysCompMgr 50 50 5 0.01% 0.00% 0 statMgr 49 1010 101 0.07% 0.08% 0 sflCp 48 30 3 0.00% 0.
PAGE 137
0.12% 0.16% 0x00000132 0.10% 0.13% 0x0000028d 0.05% 0.12% 0x000000a9 0.03% 0.06% 0x00000253 0.02% 0.02% 0x00000206 0.02% 0.03% 0x00000012 0.10% 0.12% 0x0000024d 0.08% 0.14% Related Commands 0 0 420 410 0 200 0 100 0 140 0 1290 0 0 400 igmp 42 vrrp 41 ovsdbsvr 20 arpm 10 otm 14 tnlmgr 129 mount_mfs 40 xstp 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
PAGE 138
rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view the Control Processor’s SWPQ statistics on Route Processor 2.* stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the stack-unit number to view the Control Processor’s SWPQ statistics on the specified stack-unit.* Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 139
Field Description #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example (SSeries) • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement.
PAGE 140
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 141
For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which FTOS processes are counted. • In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. • In the output of this command, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
PAGE 142
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax Parameters show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
PAGE 143
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 144
stack-ports status | topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-ports for information about the status or topology of the stack ports. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 145
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Management online S6000 S6000 9-4(0-168) 128 1 Member not present 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member not present 5 Member not present -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6600 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ------------------------------------------
PAGE 146
0 2 up up 7072 up 7021 Speed in RPM Example (S4810) -- Unit 1 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 2 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 3 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 4 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 5 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type :
PAGE 147
0 1 up AC up 6600 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 6971 up 7021 0 1 up up 7021 up 7021 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM Example (S6000–ON) Dell>show system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : Card Problem - Software Failure Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000-ON - 32-port TE/FG (SI-ON) Current Type : S6000-ON - 32-port TE/FG (SI-ON) Master priority : 0 H
PAGE 148
Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member. show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting.
PAGE 149
Usage Information Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
PAGE 150
Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drw- 16384 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 .. 3 d--- 512 Nov 20 2007 15:46:44 +00:00 ADMIN_DIR Example (SSeries) Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-168) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 151
hardware watchdog stack-unit 5 ! Related Commands ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. Syntax Parameters ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 152
Syntax Parameters telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface]telnet {host | ipaddress | ipv6-address prefix-length} [/source-interface] host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 153
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for sourceinterface for link-local IPv6 addressing. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.
PAGE 154
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 155
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 156
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale with IPv6. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4 only). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 157
Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device.
PAGE 158
virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address of the active management interface, in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 159
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Syntax Parameters write {memory compressed| terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. compressed Enter the keyword compressed to write the operating configuration to the startup-config file in the compressed mode.
PAGE 160
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 161
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 162
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 163
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 164
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
PAGE 165
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) — Enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 166
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 167
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan — Configure an authentication failure VLAN. • dot1x reauthentication — Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. • dot1x reauth-max — Configure the maximum number of times to re-authenticate a port before it becomes unauthorized dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication.
PAGE 168
• Related Commands Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. show dot1x interface — Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 169
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 170
Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 171
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator completes authentication only when you set port-control to auto.
PAGE 172
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 173
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 174
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 175
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 176
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system.
PAGE 177
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.
PAGE 178
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of a supplicant.
PAGE 179
Port Control: Port Auth Status: Re-Authentication: Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (macaddress) AUTO AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Disable 400 Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 second
PAGE 180
Dot1x Status: Port Control: Re-Authentication: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Enable AUTO Disable Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Au
PAGE 181
Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.
PAGE 182
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 183
description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 184
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 185
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
PAGE 186
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 187
out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the ID numbers of the VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs from 1 to 4094).
PAGE 188
NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces. NOTE: If you apply outbound(egress) IP acl on a switch port, the filter applies only for routed traffic egressing out of that port. To associate an access-list to a non-default VRF, use the vrf attribute of this command.
PAGE 189
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. in | out Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side.
PAGE 190
Example Dell#show ip accounting access-list ! Standard Ingress IP access list test on TenGigabitEthernet 0/88 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets) seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets Dell#show ip accounting access-list L3-ACL vrf vrf3 ! Standard Ingress IP access list L3-ACL on vrf3 Total cam count 3 seq 5 permit 10.1.2.0/24 seq 10 permit 20.1.2.0/24 seq 15 permit 30.1.2.
PAGE 191
host ip-address • fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. • order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority). The default is, if you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address only.
PAGE 192
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name.
PAGE 193
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter.
PAGE 194
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 195
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 196
To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D.
PAGE 197
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.
PAGE 198
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 198 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 199
numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 200
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
PAGE 201
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 202
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 203
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 204
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 205
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 206
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 207
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 208
Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 209
Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 210
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 211
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 212
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 213
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 214
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 215
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 216
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 217
permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. Syntax Parameters resequence access-list {ipv4 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 218
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax Parameters 218 seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 219
port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
PAGE 220
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 221
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Common MAC Access List Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The S6000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical, Port-channel and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 222
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. The following interface types can be used for VLAN , Physical interface, Port channel interface. Enter into the interface mode and apply the mac acl in the following manner. Syntax Applying MAC Access group on a physical / port channel interfacemac accessgroup access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-listname command.
PAGE 223
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 224
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 225
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 226
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 227
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 228
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 229
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 230
seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 231
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 232
mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets.
PAGE 233
interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 234
Parameters access-listname Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keywords cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 235
interface tengig 1/17 in Extended mac access-list snickers on TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list.
PAGE 236
macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.
PAGE 237
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 238
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 239
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5.
PAGE 240
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list — displays IP routes in an IP prefix list.
PAGE 241
bitmask number Enter the keyword bitmask then enter a bit mask number in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 242
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 243
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip prefix-list detail Ip Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: PL_OSPF_to_RIP ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 (hit count: 0) seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 244
ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number.
PAGE 245
Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
PAGE 246
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 247
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 248
Related Commands set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • . • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 249
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 250
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 251
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 252
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 253
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 254
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-6.1.
PAGE 255
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 256
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 257
prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. If you do not define a keyword (permit or deny) for the route map, the permit action is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 258
Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 259
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 260
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 261
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 262
set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter. Syntax set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stubarea} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command. Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1.
PAGE 263
Related Commands set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter.
PAGE 264
Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value.
PAGE 265
set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value.
PAGE 266
set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 267
set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 268
Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 269
Defaults router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 270
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 show route-map Display the current route map configurations.
PAGE 271
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 Dell# Related Commands route-map — configures a route map. deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
PAGE 272
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 273
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 274
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
PAGE 275
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 276
deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 277
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 278
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 279
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny (for Standard MAC ACLs) To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 280
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 281
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 282
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 283
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 284
permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
PAGE 285
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 286
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 287
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
PAGE 288
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 289
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 290
and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 291
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 292
permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command.
PAGE 293
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 294
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 295
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 296
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 297
Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} arp {destination-macaddress mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte]] [order] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 298
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, standard and extended IPv6 ACLs, and standard and extended MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
PAGE 299
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 300
seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 301
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 302
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 303
permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 304
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 305
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 306
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 307
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 308
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 309
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering theflow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 310
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms.
PAGE 311
[order] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 312
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
PAGE 313
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 314
Syntax deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) E
PAGE 315
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 316
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 317
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 318
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 319
Related Commands neighbor bfd disable — Explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. S6000 Syntax ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 320
Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
PAGE 321
(interval: 100 milliseconds, min_rx: 100 milliseconds, multiplier: 3 packets, and role: active) if you have not specified parameters with the bfd neighbor command. When you explicitly enable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the bfd neighbor command: Related Commands • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD enable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs.
PAGE 322
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. When you explicitly disable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the neighbor bfd disable command: • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs.
PAGE 323
Boot Command Line Interface 8 To access this BOOT_USER mode, first boot your Dell Networking platform. When you see the “Press ESC to stop auto-boot”, press the ESC key to log into BCLI You enter BOOT_USER mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: All commands in this chapter are in Boot_User mode. These commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode.
PAGE 324
Usage Information After entering the boot change command and selecting the parameters, press Enter. The software prompts you to enter the following: • The boot device (flash, ftp, tftp, or usbflash), image file name, IP address of the server containing the image, username, and password (only for ftp). Note When you enter a new parameter that extends beyond 80 characters, you cannot use the Backspace key to correct any mistakes. If you make a mistake, you must re-enter the parameter.
PAGE 325
off Enter the keyword off to suppress the boot logs during reload. NOTE: By default, watchdog is disabled. Defaults None Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER #boot message boot messages off BOOT_USER # boot show net config retries Show the number of retries for network boot configuration failure. S6000 Syntax boot show net config retries Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 326
Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2 BOOT_USER # boot zero Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters. If you erase all three parameters, the S6000 switch boots from its internal Flash.
PAGE 327
======================================== No Operating System boot parameters specified! SECONDARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ========================================== No Operating System boot parameters specified! DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== No Operating System boot parameters specified! BOOT_USER # Related Commands boot_change— Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration.
PAGE 328
etheraddr Assign the management port MAC address. S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History etheraddr mac-address Enter a MAC address in standard format. BOOT_ADMIN Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information Use this command to assign a MAC address if FTOS cannot find a default MAC address.
PAGE 329
Related Commands reload — Exit from this mode and reload FTOS. ignore startup-config During a reload, do not load the startup-config file. S6000 Syntax ignore startup-config Defaults disabled Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Use this command if you have authentication procedures in the startup-config other than the enable-password setting.
PAGE 330
Related Commands show_default-gateway — Display the IP address configured for the default gateway. show_interface_mangement_ethernet— Display the IP address configured for the Management interface. NVRAM erase Erase all NVRAM contents alone. S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History nvram erase mac-address Enter a MAC address in standard format. BOOT_ADMIN Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 331
serial console Use the serial console to set the serial console baud rate. S6000 Syntax Parameters serial console serial console [unit] [baud] Enter the keyword to set the serial port baud rate. The supported values for serial console: • Unit - 0 • Baud rate -9600,115200 No defaults. Command Modes Command History Example Serial BOOT_USER Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 332
======================================== boot device : flash file name : systema (FTOS system://A Partition) DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== boot device : tftp file name : PS-SI-9-0-0-566.bin Management Etherenet IP address : 10.16.133.17 Mask : 255.255.0.0 Server IP address : 10.16.1.200 Default Gateway IP address : 10.16.1.254 BOOT_USER # Related Commands boot_change— Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration.
PAGE 333
Related Commands default-gateway— Configure the IP address for the default gateway. interface_management_ethernet_ip_address — Assign an IP address to the Management Ethernet interface. show interface management ethernet Display the IP address configured for the Management interface. S6000 Syntax show interface management ethernet Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 334
Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. BOOT_USER # show serial console baudrate Serial console baudrate = 9600 watchdog Enable the watchdog timer, when the enabled watchdog timer is set to 60 seconds. S6000 Syntax Parameters enable | disable | status | timeout | settimeout watchdog timer enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the watchdog. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the watchdog.
PAGE 335
BOOT_ADMIN # watchdog timeout WATCHDOG TIMEOUT: 60 Boot Command Line Interface 335
PAGE 336
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in Dell Networking OS version 9.0.2.
PAGE 337
Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv4 vrf vrfname Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a non-default VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode.
PAGE 338
aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes. S6000 Syntax Parameters aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [asset] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map mapname] ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 339
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 340
receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 341
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 342
Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-assupportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration. If you change the notation type, the running-config updates dynamically and the new notation shows.
PAGE 343
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 344
paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for loadsharing. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. S6000 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 345
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster.
PAGE 347
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. S6000 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 348
Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. S6000 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command.
PAGE 349
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. Dell Networking OS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ.
PAGE 350
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them.
PAGE 351
again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed.
PAGE 352
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths — views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
PAGE 353
bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth. S6000 Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 354
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 355
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 356
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
PAGE 357
role receiveronly Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 358
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 359
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes.
PAGE 360
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 361
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. S6000 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 362
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1– 65535.65535> | A.B.C.D {soft {in | out}} | X:X:X:X::X {soft {in | out}} | dampening | flap-statistics | ipv4 | ipv6 | peergroup] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all BGP sessions corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 363
dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peergroup. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 364
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 365
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [flap-statistics [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear BGP flap statistics corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 366
• [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 367
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. peer-groupname Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group.
PAGE 368
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 369
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 370
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 371
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 372
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group.
PAGE 373
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
PAGE 374
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 375
Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-listname] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 376
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 377
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP.
PAGE 378
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 379
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 380
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI.
PAGE 381
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. bgp add-path — allows the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones.
PAGE 382
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
PAGE 383
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. S6000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 384
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. S6000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group.
PAGE 385
Route-map configuration on a BGP peer or peer group works only when the LOCRIB contains at least one route. When you apply a default route to a BGP peer or peer group using the neighbor default-originate command, changes to the configured default route-map are applied to the BGP peer or peer group only after a delay of 15 seconds. As a result, you must wait for a period of 15 seconds before manually resetting BGP using the clear ip bgp command.
PAGE 386
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
PAGE 387
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related Commands neighbor route-map — assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 388
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 389
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — displays information on the BGP neighbors.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as.
PAGE 391
NOTE: When you set this option, the router accepts BGP prefixes only until the maximum configured value. After the maximum number is reached, the router drops any additional prefixes that it receives. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 392
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 393
If you configure a password on one neighbor, but you have not configured a password for the neighboring router, the following message appears on the console while the routers attempt to establish a BGP session between them: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: No BGP MD5 from [peer's IP address] :179 to [local router's IP address]:65524 Also, if you configure different passwords on the two routers, the following message appears on the console: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: BGP MD5 password mismatch from [peer's IP address]
PAGE 394
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the dmzlink-bw parameter. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 395
neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. S6000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 396
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. S6000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 397
neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. S6000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table.
PAGE 398
This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER BGP mode and configures routes in an AS. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
PAGE 399
If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed. If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 400
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed.
PAGE 402
Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 403
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 404
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 405
neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. S6000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} update-source interface command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 406
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. S6000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} weight command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight.
PAGE 407
Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. S6000 Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24).
PAGE 408
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 409
The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 410
Related Commands deny bandwidth – link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to deny incoming or outgoing traffic.. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S6000 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
PAGE 411
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 412
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only.
PAGE 413
router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. S6000 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 414
set extcommunity bandwidth Enables you to set extended community bandwidth. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword bandwidth to enable extended community bandwidth. The range is from 0 to 102400. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 415
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-router_bgp)#show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 416
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 417
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 418
The show ip bgp command displays the dmzlink-dw details only if dmzlink-bw is enabled using the bgp dmzlink-dw command. Example Dell#show ip bgp BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 55.0.
PAGE 419
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related to only to the ipv6 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 420
Example Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 400 500 600 i *>I 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 421
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 422
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 423
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 i 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp community no-advertise BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 424
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 425
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp 55.0.0.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 55.0.0.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 172.16.0.2 (172.16.0.2) AS_PATH : 200 Best Next-Hop : 172.16.0.
PAGE 426
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 427
Network d 55.0.0.0/24 From Reuse 172.16.0.2 Path 00:36:23 200 Dell# show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. S6000 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 428
NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 : softReconfig 0x41a1a58c DefMet 0 : AutoSumm 1 : NhopsP 0x41a0d100 : Starts 0 : Stops 0 : Opens 0 Clos
PAGE 429
MpathCtxAddr 1101111140 : MpathCtxAddrlen 255 : AfEorSet 0x41a19f98 : NumDfrdPfx 0 AfActPeerHd 0x41a1a3a4 : AfExtDist 1101112312 : AfIntDist 200 : AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d300 : AfNetCtxAddr 1101112392 : AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Co
PAGE 430
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 431
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 432
Field Example Description • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 433
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 434
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 435
00:00:23 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path.
PAGE 436
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.
PAGE 437
*>n *>n *>n *>I *>I *>I *>a *>n *>n 33.33.33.33/32 33.33.44.55/32 44.44.44.44/32 55.55.0.0/16 55.55.55.55/32 55.55.66.66/32 66.66.0.0/16 66.66.66.77/32 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 72.1.1.2 72.1.1.2 72.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 100 32768 32768 32768 0 0 0 32768 32768 32768 i i i i i i i i i show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange.
PAGE 438
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors.
PAGE 439
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers.
PAGE 440
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
PAGE 441
Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last res
PAGE 442
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 443
• . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns.
PAGE 444
Example Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
PAGE 445
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example.
PAGE 446
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 447
Example Line beginning with: Description Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 448
NOTE: You can use this attribute to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression that is specified on either a default or a non-default VRF. regularexpression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences).
PAGE 449
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
PAGE 450
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 451
Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used. denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used.
PAGE 452
Field State/Pfxrcd Description Time Established Display Example < 1 day 00:12:23 (hours:minutes:seconds) < 1 week 1d21h (DaysHours) > 1 week 11w2d (WeeksDays) If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received. If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum-prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm).
PAGE 453
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 454
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 455
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 456
Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 457
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 458
event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized. The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information. The next-hop information shows the ip address of the neighbor. It does not show the actual next-hop details. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example.
PAGE 459
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 10 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking S6000 platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
PAGE 460
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 461
l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1. Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. nlbclusteracl number Enter the keyword nlbclusteracl and then the number of FP blocks for nlbcluster ACL. The range is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 462
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number {nlbclusteracl] [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number] ipv4pbr numberopenflo w {4|8} | fcoe number [iscsioptacl number] [vrfv4acl number] Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 463
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 13 number of blocks can be configured by the user . The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 464
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. S6000 Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 465
show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. S6000 Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 466
L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : VmanDualQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: 1 block = 128 entries 6 4 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlb
PAGE 467
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 468
Example (SSeries) Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input In stack-unit all Stack-Unit | Portpipe | CAM Partition | Available CAM | Estimated CAM per Port| Status ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 | 0 | IPv4Flow | 102 | 0| Allowed 0 | 0 | IPv4Flow | 102 | 0| Allowed Dell# ! Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input In stack-unit 0 portset 0 Stack-Unit | Portpipe | CAM Partition | Available CAM | Estimated CAM per Port| Status -----------------------------
PAGE 469
102| Dell# 0| 0| IPv4Flow| 0|Allowed Unified Forwarding Table Modes Unified Forwarding Table (UFT) consolidates the resources of several search tables (Layer 2, Layer 3 Hosts, and Layer 3 Route [Longest Prefix Match — LPM]) into a single flexible resource. Trident 2 supports several UFT modes to extract the forwarding tables, as required. By default, Dell Networking OS initializes the table sizes to UFT mode 2 profile, since it provides a reasonable shared memory for all the tables.
PAGE 470
Related Commands show hardware forwarding-table mode — displays the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 471
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 11 The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking S6000 platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. S6000 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 472
Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 473
Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 474
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 475
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 476
show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. S6000 Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 476 Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 477
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. S6000 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.
PAGE 478
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 12 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 479
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 480
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic.
PAGE 481
The following lists the dot1p priority-queue assignments. dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFCenabled queues. Syntax Parameters show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set-number] unit-number Enter the DCB unit number. port-setnumber Enter the port-set number.
PAGE 482
PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port[] pfc {summary | detail} port-type slot/ port[] pfc Enter the port-type slot and port PFC information.
PAGE 483
Field Description Willing Status is enabled DCBX exchange (Willing bit received in PFC TLV): enabled or disable. Local is enabled DCBX operational status (enabled or disabled) with a list of the configured PFC priorities. Operational status (local port) Port state for current operational PFC configuration: • Init: Local PFC configuration parameters were exchanged with the peer. • Recommend: Remote PFC configuration parameters were received from the peer.
PAGE 484
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
PAGE 485
show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port[] pfc statistics port-type Enter the port type. slot/port [] Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 486
ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1|4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 487
Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 488
Example (Summary) Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 489
Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Typ
PAGE 490
Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx St
PAGE 491
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 13% 13% 13% 12% 12% 12% 12% ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Bandwidth 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% TSA ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf
PAGE 492
Parameters {ets-conf | etsreco | pfc} Enter the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised, where: • ets-conf: enables the advertisement of ETS configuration TLVs. • ets-reco: enables the advertisement of ETS recommend TLVs. • pfc: enables the advertisement of PFC TLVs. Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 493
Parameters config-source | autodownstream | auto-upstream | manual Enter the DCBX port role, where: • config-source: configures the port to serve as the configuration source on the switch. • auto-upstream: configures the port to receive a peer configuration. The configuration source is elected from auto-upstream ports. • auto-downstream: configures the port to accept the internally propagated DCB configuration from a configuration source.
PAGE 494
Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). • cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0). • ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5). Defaults Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 495
Parameters {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX autodetect timers. • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. • fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. • mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. • resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames.
PAGE 496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 497
show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port[] dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port[] Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 498
Field Description Local DCBX Compatibility mode DCBX version accepted in a DCB configuration as compatible. In auto-upstream mode, a port can only receive a DCBX version supported on the remote peer. Local DCBX Configured mode DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port auto-configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters.
PAGE 499
Example Field Description Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from the local port. Total DCBX Frames received Number of DCBX frames received from the remote peer port. Total DCBX Frame errors Number of DCBX frames with errors received. Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
PAGE 500
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. S6000 Syntax Parameters dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. Defaults None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 501
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. S6000 Syntax Parameters priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
PAGE 502
• Priority group 0 contains traffic with dot1p priorities 0, 1, and 2. • Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command. priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group.
PAGE 503
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group.
PAGE 504
Parameters dcb-mapname Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Enter the name of the DCB map. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports. dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes.
PAGE 505
buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validation is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: If the preceding condition is not satisfied by the shared PFC buffer size value, the configuration is not saved and a system logging message is generated as follows: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 506
priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters. This utility is supported on the S6000 platforms.
PAGE 507
congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peerrelated PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all eight priorities.
PAGE 508
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pausethreshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB thresholdvalue Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB.
PAGE 509
provides an easy and flexible technique to accommodate both administrativelyconfigured and peer-configured priorities.
PAGE 510
show qos dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax Parameters Command Modes show qos dcb buffer-threshold {name} name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 511
Parameters stack-unit stack-unitnumber Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered. buffer-statssnapshot unit number Display the historical snapshot of buffer statistical values unit Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to display the counters on the selected port-pipe. The range is 0 to 0.
PAGE 512
When you enter the instance id option, show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X for specified instance alone is displayed. When you enter the summaryoption, show hardware stack-unit stackunit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X will be enhanced to display the total buffered cells, shared cells, headroom cells for last 5 instances in the table format.
PAGE 513
UCAST 2 MCAST 0 11 4 0 0 3 0 0 3 3 0 If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances is displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 514
resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAS
PAGE 515
UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UC
PAGE 516
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS ------------------------
PAGE 517
To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Dell# To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separ
PAGE 518
Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default.
PAGE 519
Usage Information Example The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show runningconfig dcb-buffer-threshold command: Field Description Profile name Name of the DCB buffer threshold profile Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
PAGE 520
Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc bufferthreshold The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show interface pfc buffer-threshold command: Field Description queue Number of the queue lossless Whether the queue is a lossy or lossless queue for which buffer threshold is configured buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB.
PAGE 521
thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-queues 4 dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. Syntax dcb {ets | pfc} enable • To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. • To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command.
PAGE 522
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking Operating System. This chapter contains the following sections: • Diagnostic and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 523
Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted. Dell Networking OS completes the coredump process and wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the system.
PAGE 524
on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics. Various components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components.
PAGE 525
Range from 0 to 5. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 526
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 527
command options to clear a specific collection of data. The range is from 0 to 5. counters Enter the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected stack member. unit number counters Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 0. cpu data-plane statistics Enter the keywords cpu data-plane statistics to clear the data plane statistics.
PAGE 528
Parameters stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data. The range is from 0 to 5. port-set 0–0 counters Enter the keywords port-set along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the system-flow counters on the selected port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 0.
PAGE 529
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {<0-5> | all} Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 530
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 531
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 532
drops [unit unit-number [port portnumber | no]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Option unit 0 followed by port 1-104 (in S6000) is based on internal/ hardware port number” and “option user-port 0-127 is to see the drop using user port numbering convention. fpga register Enter the keyword to display the register value of fpga resgister details in S4810, Z9000 and S6000.
PAGE 533
Example (DataPlane) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 cpu data-plane statistics Input Statistics: 1856 packets, 338262 bytes 141 64-byte pkts, 1248 over 64-byte pkts, 11 over 127-byte pkts 222 over 255-byte pkts, 236 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 919 Multicasts, 430 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 325 packets, 27629 bytes, 0 underruns 9 64-byte pkts, 310 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 2 over 511-byte pkts, 2
PAGE 534
Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 0 Rx VLAN Drops : 0 --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops : 0 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS : 0 TxPurge CellErr : 0 Aged Drops : 0 --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops : 0 --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops --IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops : 0 TTL Threshold Drops : 0 INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops : 0 L2MC Drops : 0 PKT Drops of ANY Conditions : 0 Hg MacUnderflow : 0 TX Err PKT Counter : 0 25 Dell# Example (PortStats) Exampl
PAGE 535
0x00680017 0x0060004c 0x0060104c 0x0060204c 0x0060304c 0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204c 0x0061304c 0x0061404c 0x0061504c 0x0061604c 0x0061704c 0x0061804c 0x0061904c 0x0061a04c 0x0061b04c 0x0061c04c 0x00780000 0x0e700102 0x0e701102 0x0e702102 0x0e703102 0x0e704102 0x0e705102 0x0e706102 0x0e707102 0x0e708102 0x0e709102 0x0e70a102 0x0e70b102 0x0e70c102 0x0e70d102 0x0e70e102 0x0e70
PAGE 536
0x0b704001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0b705001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0b706001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge6 = 0x00000000 0x0b707001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge7 = 0x00000000 0x0b708001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0b709001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge9 = 0x00000000 0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
PAGE 537
The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Total-Buffer) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer total-buffer Example (Buffer-Info) Dell# show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer unit 0 port 1 bufferinfo ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 1 Port 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Port: 120 Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer total-buffer ----- Buffer Details for Stack-Unit 1 ----Total Buffers allocated per S
PAGE 538
Command Modes port To display the buffer statistics for a specific port, enter the keyword port and a port number from 1 to 64. all Display buffer statistics for all ports priority-group Identifier of the priority group in the range of 0 to 7. buffer-info To display total buffer information for the port, enter the keywords buffer-info. To display a queue range, enter 0 to 14 for a specfic queue or all. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 539
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit id port-set number [counters] acl | qos For the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe, display which system flow entry the packet hits and what queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables. stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a stack member ID. The range is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 540
2041 2040 2039 2038 2037 2036 2035 2034 2033 384 383 382 380 379 4 3 2 1 25 Dell# Example VRRP frames Redirects GRAT ARP DROP Cases OSPF1 STUB OSPF2 STUB VRRP STUB L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC+VLAN 4095 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC Catch all OSPF[224.0.0.5] Packets OSPF[224.0.0.
PAGE 541
################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM ############# EID 2043: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x04, prio=0x7fb, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000806 00001600 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000ffff 00001600 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=6(0x06), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0
PAGE 542
Related Commands clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information without polling details and historical snapshots. This command is supported on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 543
• All – Displays all resources on ingress and egress for each of the port, queue. • Port-Queue ucast/mcast – Displays the total unicast/multicast buffer usage on per-port per-queue basis. For CPU port, counters for queues 0 – 11 are displayed and no differentiation is made between unicast and multicast queues. • Port- Priority-Group – Displays the shared space counters usage, head-room space counters per ingress port on per-priority- group granularity.
PAGE 544
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 5 prio-group all Stack-unit 1 unit 0 port 5 (interface te 1/4) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------6 1000 5 7 3 0
PAGE 545
• Command Modes Port {id |all} prio-group {id | all} - ingress priority-group level snapshot EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 546
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 14 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic DHCP commands on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 547
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 548
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 549
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. S6000 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command.
PAGE 550
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S6000 Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 551
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. S6000 Syntax Parameters excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
PAGE 552
hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S6000 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 553
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. S6000 Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease.
PAGE 554
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. S6000 Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 555
Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 556
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. S6000 Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 557
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system.
PAGE 558
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 559
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN.
PAGE 560
arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. S6000 Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 561
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 562
The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discardcounters interface portchannel 1 Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 563
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally.
PAGE 564
Networking OS version 8.2.1.0 extends DHCP Snooping to Layer 2. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces. ipv6 dhcp snooping Enable DHCPv6 snooping globally for ipv6. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping To disable the snooping globally, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 565
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. S6000 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 566
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. IPv6 DHCP Snooping Binding Create a static DHCP snooping binding entry in the snooping database.
PAGE 567
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
PAGE 568
Parameters value The range is from 5 to 21600. The value of the minutes range is from 5 min. to 15 days. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series.
PAGE 569
ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew To load the binding entries from the file to DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 570
ipv6 dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping trust To disable dhcp snooping trusted capability on this interface, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping trust command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 571
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added the keyword ipmac. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation and SAV with VLAN option. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3.
PAGE 572
Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay information-option vpn ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload.
PAGE 573
ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address Configure to enable verify source mac-address against ipv6 DHCP packet mac address. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address To disable verify source mac-address against ipv6 DHCP packet mac address, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 574
Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/12)#ip helper-address vrf jay 10.0.0.2 ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF. Syntax [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6-address To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6address command.
PAGE 575
sourceaddressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discardcounters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: Defaults Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 576
ipmac-vlan sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Total cam count 4 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 permit vlan 10 host 10.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:aa:00:01 packets) permit vlan 10 host 10.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:aa:00:02 packets) permit vlan 20 host 10.2.2.1 host 00:00:00:aa:00:03 packets) permit vlan 20 host 10.2.2.
PAGE 577
The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a particular interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discardcounters interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 deny access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Total cam count 2 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny vlan 20 count (0 packets) The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discardcounters interface portchannel 10 deny access-list on Por
PAGE 578
DHCP Binding File Details Invalid File Invalid Binding Entry Binding Entry lease expired : 0 : 0 : 0 Dell# Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: ip name-server Configures the name server IP addresses for VRF. Using this command, you can configure up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF.
PAGE 579
Usage Information Use this command to associate name server IP addresses to a specific VRF. Example • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 4.4.4.4 5.5.5.5 6.6.6.6 7.7.7.7 ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF.
PAGE 580
ip domain-list Adds a domain name to the DNS list. This domain name is appended to incomplete host names in DNS requests corresponding to a specific VRF. Syntax ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name To remove a domain name from DNS list, use the no ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to add a domain name to the DNS list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 581
To undo the host name server to IP address mapping for VRFs, use the no ip host [vrf vrf-name] name ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the name server to IP address mapping for that VRF. name Enter the name od the host to be associated with an IP address. ip-address Enter the IP address of the name server in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 582
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 583
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 15 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking OS. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. S6000 Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
PAGE 584
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 585
ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | portset port-pipe TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of
PAGE 586
Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seedvalue stackunit Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port-pipe number. lag hash algorithm Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed . The range is from 0 to 47.
PAGE 587
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on ExaScale systems. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the stack—unit option changes the hash for a particular stack—unit by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
PAGE 588
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. S6000 Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximumpaths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature.
PAGE 589
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly. If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
PAGE 590
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. S6000 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 591
Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up 16 This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 592
the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax load-balance flexhash ipv4/ipv6 ip-proto offset1 [offset2 ] To disable the Flex hash settings, use the no load-balance flexhash ipv4/ ipv6 ip-proto protocol number command. Parameters ipv4 Denotes whether Flex Hash needs to be enabled for IPv4 packets.
PAGE 593
headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links. The Flex Hash functionality enables you to configure a packet search key and matches packets based on the search key. When a packet matches the search key, two 16-bit hash fields are extracted from the start of the L4 header and provided as inputs (bins 2 and 3) for RTAG7 hash computation.
PAGE 594
Usage Information You can configure an optimization technique to reduce the booting time of an S6000 Switch. This mechanism is also called fast boot. With the reduced time that is taken to reboot the switch, upon a manually-initiated reload or an expected restart of the device, the disruption in traffic that is serviced by the switch is minimized.
PAGE 595
encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. C9000 Series Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 596
17 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 597
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface fortyGigEport-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 598
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | tx] all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging.
PAGE 599
interface • all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. • discovery — Enter the keyword discovery to enable debugging on FCF advertisements and ENode solicitation. • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets. • virtual-link-maintenance — Enter the keywords virtual-link-maintenance to enable debugging on FIP clear virtual link frames and keepalives.
PAGE 600
To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 601
Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 16. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fipsnooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF.
PAGE 602
Parameters max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64. Defaults 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.
PAGE 603
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fipsnooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 604
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 605
Example Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 606
Example Field Description FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO D Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 607
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information FCoE Transit Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 608
Example Field Description Number of FDISC Accepts Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Accepts Number of FIP FLOGO accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Rejects Number of FIP FLOGO reject frames received on the interface. Number of CVLs Number of FIP clear virtual link frames received on the interface.
PAGE 609
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Example (Port Channel) of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :4416 VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 FLOGI Accepts :0 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :0 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 D
PAGE 610
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show fip-snooping system Global Mode : Enabled FCOE VLAN List (Operational) : FCFs : Enodes : Sessions : 1, 100 1 2 17 show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 611
show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. FCoE Transit Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 612
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking OS. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 613
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 614
Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs.
PAGE 615
Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 616
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. S6000 Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 617
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 618
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 619
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. S6000 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 620
Usage Information This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. S6000 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration.
PAGE 621
Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command is executed.
PAGE 622
To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be entered in increments of 50 millisecond; for example, 50, 100, 150, and so on. If an invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms.
PAGE 623
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 624
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 625
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S6000 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 626
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. S6000 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 627
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. S6000 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 628
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 629
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. S6000 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default.
PAGE 630
about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface. Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration including the registration. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. S6000 Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 631
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 632
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 633
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 634
summary • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 635
Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 636
20 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions. Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 4 5 636 Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! C Description 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable .
PAGE 637
Symbol & Type Code Description 0 redirect for network . 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request .
PAGE 638
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 21 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 639
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 640
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 641
ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. S6000 Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Enter the name of the extended ACL (139 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 642
To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command. Parameters group-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 643
Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval. For IGMP version 2, the range is from 100 to 25599. For IGMP version 3, the range is from 100 to 65535. The default value is 1000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 644
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 645
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.
PAGE 646
std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups. source-address Specify the multicast source address to which the groups are mapped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description Version 9.7(0.
PAGE 647
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Changed the default IGMP from version 2 to version 3. Introduced on the S6000-ON 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 648
detail • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 649
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 650
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 651
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 652
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] ssm-map [group] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.
PAGE 653
Related Commands ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Networking systems. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
PAGE 654
clear ip igmp snooping groups Clear snooping entries from the group cache table. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip igmp snooping groups [group-address interface | interface] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 655
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 656
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command.
PAGE 657
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
PAGE 658
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing).
PAGE 659
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive GroupSpecific Query messages. To change the last-member-query interval, use this command. ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface.
PAGE 660
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached. To configure a static connection to the multicast router, enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context.
PAGE 661
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
PAGE 662
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group.
PAGE 663
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 664
22 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S6000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 665
information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups.
PAGE 666
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity. Example Dell#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Related Commands mac learning-limit — allows aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 667
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/10 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/10 [confirm] y Dell# Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information.
PAGE 668
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 669
To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 670
To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 671
The threshold commands are supported on S6000 only. To return to the default, use the no flowcontrol rx {off | on}tx {off | on} threshold command. Parameters Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. This is the default value for the receive side. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port.
PAGE 672
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option. The globally assigned 48-bit Multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames.
PAGE 673
Example Dell(conf-if-Te-1/1)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ... Example (Values) This Example shows how Dell Networking OS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Networking chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports.
PAGE 674
Related Commands show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters interface interface range interface range Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 675
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a physical interface.
PAGE 676
interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces. S6000 Syntax interface group [fortyGigE slot/port { - port }| tengigabitethernet slot/port { - port } | vlan vlanid {vlanid } ] To delete a range of VLANs, use the following command: no interface group vlan vlanid {- vlanid} Parameters interface, interface,...
PAGE 677
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.0), the group command is supported only for VLANs and physical interfaces.
PAGE 678
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel.
PAGE 679
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 680
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface.
PAGE 681
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 682
• If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port.
PAGE 683
shutdown Dell(config-if-range-te-5/1-24,te-1/1-2,vl-2-100,po-1-25)# Related Commands interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range.
PAGE 684
Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 685
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 686
NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 687
shutdown — disables/enables the VLAN. tagged — adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. untagged — adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled. S6000 Syntax intf-type cr4 autoneg If you configure intf-type cr4 autoneg, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command to set the interface type as cr4 with autonegotiation disabled.
PAGE 688
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. S6000 Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 689
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to1. The port range is 0. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 690
Example (Single Interface) Key Description monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes.
PAGE 691
Example (All Interfaces) systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 692
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 693
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. S6000 Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 694
The negotiation auto command provides a mode option for configuring an individual port to forced-master/forced slave after you enable auto-negotiation. NOTE: The mode option is not available on non-10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet line cards. If you do not use the mode option, the default setting is slave. If you do not configure forced-master or forced-slave on a port, the port negotiates to either a master or a slave state.
PAGE 695
The following details the possible speed and auto-negotiation combinations for a line between two 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 696
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the interface command shown in the following example.
PAGE 697
Example (Vlan) Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#no untagged tengigabitethernet 7/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#no tagged tengigabitethernet 7/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#interface tengigabitethernet 7/1 Dell(conf-if-gi-7/0)#no portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Related Commands show interfaces switchport — displays the configuration of switchport (Layer 2) interfaces on the switch. switchport — places the interface in a Layer 2 mode.
PAGE 698
Version Description Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. show config Display the interface configuration.
PAGE 699
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-fo-1/4)# show config (for speed) Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE MODE Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information In order for the speed information corresponding to an interface to appear in the show command output, you must first configure the speed of that interface using the speed command.
PAGE 700
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 701
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. 9.1(0.0) Updated Management Ethernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 702
NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate.
PAGE 703
Line Description Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 704
Line Description displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
PAGE 705
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 1w0d5h Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Mult
PAGE 706
Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 707
Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols.
PAGE 708
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 10 packets, 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 10 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 ov
PAGE 709
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 710
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 710 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 711
Related Commands show hardware stack-unit — displays data plane and management plane input/ output statistics. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface.
PAGE 712
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 713
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 714
36 36 40 40 44 44 48 48 52 52 56 56 60 60 64 64 68 68 72 72 76 76 80 80 84 84 88 88 92 92 100 100 108 108 116 116 124 124 Dell# Related Commands stack-unit portmode — splits a single 40G port into four-10G ports stack-unit quad-port-profile Syntax stack-unit [stack-unit number] quad-port-profile [default|<0– 124>] To remove the quad-port configuration, use the [no] stack-unit[stack-unit number] quad-port-profile [default|<0–124>]command syntax.
PAGE 715
Defaults 0,8,16,24,32,36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,68,72,76,80,84,88,92,100,108,116,124 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 and S6000–ON. The profile can only have 12-port groups in the first 16 and last 16 groups. Any change in the profile needs save and reload. show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.
PAGE 716
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 717
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
PAGE 718
Usage Information 718 Version Description 7.7.1.0 Removed three fields in the output: Vendor Name, Vendor OUI, and Vendor PN. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example. Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude).
PAGE 719
Interfaces Line Description RX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 720
Line Description Rate Select state This is the digital state of the SFP rate_select input pin. RS state This is the reserved digital state of the pin AS(1) per SFF-8079 and RS(1) per SFF-8431. Tx Disable state If the admin status of the port is down then this flag is set to true. Temperature High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 721
Example Line Description Tx Bias Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Dell#show interfaces TengigabitEthernet 1/1 transceiver SFP is present.
PAGE 722
SFP 1 RX Power Low Warning threshold = 0.016mW =================================== SFP 1 Temperature = 39.930C SFP 1 Voltage = 3.293V SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.894mA SFP 1 Tx Power = 0.328mW SFP 1 Rx Power = 0.
PAGE 723
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 724
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command.
PAGE 725
1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface to autonegotiate its speed. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to autonegotiate its speed. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 726
S6000 Syntax Parameters stack-unit stack-unit port number portmode quad stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. For the S6000, the range is from 0 to 5. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 727
Example (stack unit – Warning message when 13 ports are configured in any port range) Dell(conf)#stack-unit 0 port 48 portmode quad Maximum number of ports that can be made Quad mode in the range <0-63> is configured. Ports 52,56,60, will be disabled on reload. Do you wish to continue? [confirm yes/no]:yes Please save and reset unit 0 for the changes to take effect. Dell(conf)# switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode.
PAGE 728
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the portchannel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 729
have no members if there are not enough ports installed. In the S-Series, stack members can provide those ports. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about Dell Networking OS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter.
PAGE 730
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel.
PAGE 731
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). S6000 Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number.
PAGE 732
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing 16 physical interfaces on the S-Series. S6000 Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channelnumber command. Parameters channelnumber For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 733
A Port Channel can contain both 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb/s or 1000 Mb/s as the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands.
PAGE 734
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 735
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup.
PAGE 736
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 737
Field Description may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. Example 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines. Received 0... Displays the type and number of errors or other specific packets received. This information is displayed over three lines. Output 0... Displays the type and number of packets sent out the interface.
PAGE 738
Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down).
PAGE 739
incominginterface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format.
PAGE 740
MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and you are trying to display a Layer 3 flow. The output displays three entries: • Egress port for unfragmented packets. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the first fragment. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 741
Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 742
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the S6000 platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S6000 Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF.
PAGE 743
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 744
Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. In Dell Networking OS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information. For example: 1. At time t=0, Dell Networking OS sends an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 2. At time t=1, Dell Networking OS receives an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 3. At time t=2, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry for A.B.C.D only on RP2.
PAGE 746
Usage Information Use this command to specify the maximum number of ARP entries that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF. This command does not apply to the management VRFs. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. S6000 Syntax Parameters arp retries number number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5.
PAGE 747
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S6000 Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 748
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 749
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete.
PAGE 750
clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information.) Syntax Parameters clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. The range is from 0 to 11. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all FIB entries corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 751
* Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 752
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 2.
PAGE 753
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S6000 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 754
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option.
PAGE 755
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
PAGE 756
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). S6000 Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 757
Example Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.
PAGE 758
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 759
Field Description TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
PAGE 760
• Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) • Any internet protocol (ip) • Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits • User Datagram Protocol (udp) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 761
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode.
PAGE 762
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S6000 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 763
the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match. To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: • specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command • enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server.
PAGE 764
Usage Information To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip name-server — specifies a DNS server. show hosts — Views the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch.
PAGE 765
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
PAGE 766
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times.
PAGE 767
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series.
PAGE 768
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 769
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 770
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet. NOTE: When you configure the capability to enable the loopback IP address to be sent for easy debugging and diagnosis (IP addresses of the devices for which the ICMP source interface is configured), the source IP address of the outgoing ICMP error message is modified, although the packets are not sent out using the configured interface.
PAGE 771
utilites.
PAGE 772
Usage Information To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. S6000 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address, in dotted decimal format, of the name server to be used.
PAGE 773
You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. S6000 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 774
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S6000 Syntax ip route [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] [vrf vrfname] [weight weight-value] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 775
address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. interface ipaddress Enter the keyword interface then the IP address. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down.
PAGE 776
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 777
Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)#do show running-config | grep route ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2 weight 100 ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 200 Related Commands show ip route — views the switch routing table. ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. S6000 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 778
ip tcp initial-time Define the wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. This command is supported on the , , S6000, and platforms. Syntax ip tcp initial-time <8-75> To restore the default behavior, which causes the wait period to be set as 8 seconds, use the no ip tcp initial-time command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information <8-75> Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 779
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable programming of IPv4 /32 route prefixes in L3 host table.
PAGE 780
show ip tcp initial-time Displays the interval that you configured for the device to wait before the TCP connection is attempted to be established. Syntax show ip tcp initial-time Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 781
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, Dell Networking OS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 782
• tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is enabled by default.
PAGE 783
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 784
tunnel [ipv4over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-greipv4 | mac-inmac]} • ethertype — Use Ethertype field in hash calculation. • source-dest-mac — Use SMAC and DMAC fields in hash calculation. To use tunnel key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword tunnel then one of the parameters: • ipv4-over-ipv4 — Use ipv4-over-ipv4 field in hash calculation. • ipv4-over-gre-ipv4 — Use ipv4-over-gre-ipv4 field in hash calculation. • mac-in-mac — Use mac-in-mac field in hash calculation.
PAGE 785
managementethernet | fortyGigE | vlan | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} command. Parameters ip-address mask Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter an IPv6 address (x:x:x:x::x format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet. Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 786
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route. Also, Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables.
PAGE 787
ip ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x). inspection Enter the keyword inspection with one of the following keywords to view ARP entries: • database — view a list of ARP entries learned using DAI • statistics — view DAI statistics macaddress mac-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword macaddress then a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 788
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)).
PAGE 789
CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 CP Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 CP Internet 10.1.2.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 CP Internet 10.10.10.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 CP Internet 10.16.127.53 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 CP Internet 10.16.134.254 20 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 CP Internet 133.33.33.
PAGE 790
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 791
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are...
PAGE 792
Related Commands traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {id} [port-set {pipe-number} | vrf vrfname {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index indexnumber]]}| summary] id Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is from 0 to 7 for the S6000.
PAGE 793
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 794
Example (ECMP-Group) Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 ecmp-group detail Example (Member-Info) Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 ecmp-group member-info detail Destination EC C VId Mac-Addr Port ECMP Group-Index -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 0 0 1000 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 3/42 2.1.1.2/32 0 0 20 00:03:00:00:00:02 Po 10 2.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 2.1.1.0/24 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.
PAGE 795
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X). longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB.
PAGE 796
Field Description EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. If weighted ECMP is enabled, then the show ip fib stack-unit command display a new column named W-EC (Weighted ECMP). This column displays either a value of 1 or 0 depending on whether or not a route is assigned with a weight. Example Dell#show ip fib stack-unit 1 Destination Gateway First-Hop MacAddr Port VId EC -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 via 1.1.1.2, Vl 1000 1.1.1.
PAGE 797
ip ecmp weighted— enables weighted ECMP calculations. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 798
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
PAGE 799
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 800
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/1... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is...
PAGE 801
Example (Brief) Fields Description Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 802
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 803
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. 8.3.7.
PAGE 804
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.
PAGE 805
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. For more information, refer to the show ip route list command. protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. • If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number .
PAGE 806
Usage Information 806 Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 807
The weight for weighted ECMP route calculations is displayed for each path in the route in show ip route command. The ECMP weight is displayed only if weighted ECMP is enabled using the ip ecmp weighted command is enabled. If weighted ECMP is disabled, the show ip route command does not show the weighted ECMP route information.
PAGE 808
> - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set C Example (With Weighted ECMP Enabled) Destination ----------13.0.0.0/24 Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------------- ----------Direct, Te 1/17 0/0 00:00:04 Dell(conf)#ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 100 Dell(conf)#ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.
PAGE 809
level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change --------------------------- ----------S 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2, via Te 1/4 1/0 00:00:01 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/16 C 4.4.4.0/24 Direct, Te 1/4 0/0 00:01:32 C 6.6.6.0/24 Direct, Te 1/16 0/0 00:01:25 Dell(conf)#do show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.
PAGE 810
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 811
show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip route vrf vrf-name summary vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on the IP routes corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 812
Example Column Heading Description ospf 100 If routing protocols (OSPF, RIP) are configured and routes are advertised, then information on those routes is displayed. Total 1388 active... Displays the number of active and non-active routes and the memory usage of those routes. If there are no routes configured in the Dell Networking OS, this line does not appear.
PAGE 813
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 814
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...
PAGE 815
quench 0 parameter, 0 timestamp, 0 info request, 0 other Sent: 0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem UDP statistics: Rcvd: 0 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port 0 short packets, 0 bad length, 0 no port broadcasts, 0 socket full Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP statistics: Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies
PAGE 816
6.4.1.0 Usage Information The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. 0 checksum error... 816 Introduced • Total = total packets received • no port = number of packets received with no designated port Displays the number of packets received with the following: • checksum errors • bad offset to data • too short 329 packets...
PAGE 817
Example Field Description 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent. 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt...
PAGE 818
24 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM partitioning to support IPv6 /65 to /128 route prefixes to be stored in Partition 1.
PAGE 819
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefixlength} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 820
maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. S6000 Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 command. Parameters limit Maximum number of IPv6 routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 8000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
PAGE 821
show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the current settings and next-boot settings for cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. Display the cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. S6000 Syntax show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to view the number of supported extended prefix entries in LPM configured.
PAGE 822
Usage Information You can use this command to enable programming of /128 route prefixes in L3 host table or in LPM table. A warning message is displayed when you enter this command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from the routing table (RTM). To enable programming of /128 route prefixes in LPM table, use no ipv6 unicast-host-route command.
PAGE 823
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4810, S4820T, and MXL.. Usage Information Use this command to add, edit, or delete an IPv6 RDNSS address and lifetime value. You can configure up to four IPv6 RDNSS addresses. You must specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter. Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#ipv6 nd dns-server 1000::1 1 ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route.
PAGE 824
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address.
PAGE 825
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the interface comes back up.
PAGE 826
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [vrf vrf-name] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 827
Usage Information IPv6 Basics Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on S6000–ON 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 828
Example (SSeries) Field Description Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 829
Route Source Active Routes connected 3 static 1 Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# IPv6 Basics Non-active Routes 0 0 0 829
PAGE 830
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 25 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 831
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 832
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 833
Example (Manual Profiles) Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 Dell#show cam-acl Related Commands cam-acl — configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 834
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 835
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. S6000 Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 836
To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 837
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. S6000 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4.
PAGE 838
l2acl Set L2-ACL entries Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl ? <1-4> Number of FP blocks for l2acl Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ? ipv4acl Set IPV4-ACL entries Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL entries Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl ? <0-4> Number of FP blocks for IPV6 (multiples of 2) Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl 2 cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startupconfig (write-mem or copy run start), then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated.
PAGE 840
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 26 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S6000 platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 841
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default.
PAGE 842
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support.
PAGE 843
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 844
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 845
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 846
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 847
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 848
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 849
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 850
trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms,refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 851
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.
PAGE 852
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support.
PAGE 853
Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch.
PAGE 854
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate.
PAGE 855
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 856
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 857
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support.
PAGE 858
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs). Related Commands • area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password.
PAGE 859
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not.
PAGE 860
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 861
Parameters interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time. The range is from 5 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. retry-times Enter the keywords retry-times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a CSNP is received from the helping router. The range is from 1 to 10 attempts. The default is 1. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 862
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 863
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used.
PAGE 864
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size. Padding IS-IS Hellos (IIHS) to the full MTU provides early error detection of large frame transmission problems or mismatched MTUs on adjacent interfaces.
PAGE 865
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 866
Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.
PAGE 867
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.
PAGE 868
level-2-only You can form a Level 2 adjacencies when other Level 2 or Level 1-2 routers and their interfaces are configured for Level 1-2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies cannot be established on this interface. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 869
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 870
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 871
Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 872
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs. isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information.
PAGE 873
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 874
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 875
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 876
This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1.
PAGE 877
Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router.
PAGE 878
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 879
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second. second_wait_i nterval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds.
PAGE 880
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes.
PAGE 881
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 882
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 883
Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 884
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.
PAGE 885
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 886
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command.
PAGE 887
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 888
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 889
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.
PAGE 890
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 891
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command.
PAGE 892
metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default.
PAGE 893
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised.
PAGE 894
Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 895
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. NOTE: Enables you to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 address.
PAGE 896
spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)#show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 897
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 898
Field Description value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed. Example ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 2 router and can reach other areas. Level 1-only routers and Level 1-2 routers that have lost connection to other Level 2 routers use the Attach bit to find the closest Level 2 router. They point a default route to the closest Level 2 router. P This value represents the P bit.
PAGE 899
Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 20 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1033::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 2511::/64 Metric: 20 IPv6 1033::/64 Hostname: ISIS FTOS#show isis database detail IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num Holdtime ATT/P/OL FTOS.00-00 * 0x00000009 941 1/0/0 NLPID: 0xCC Area Address: 49.0000.
PAGE 900
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 901
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
PAGE 902
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 903
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 904
Example Field Description Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime. Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface. The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line.
PAGE 905
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.
PAGE 906
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 907
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran. Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 908
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. second_wait_i nterval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds.
PAGE 909
are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time).
PAGE 910
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 911
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). S6000 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command.
PAGE 912
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 913
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration.
PAGE 914
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S6000 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 915
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. S6000 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 916
counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Defaults Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 917
Dell# Example (Counter) Dell#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 918
28 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on all the S6000 platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
PAGE 919
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 920
output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 921
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. S6000 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 922
station-moveviolation Defaults • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 923
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learninglimit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 924
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 925
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 926
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. S6000 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 927
Parameters address macaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns. Optionally, you can also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch.
PAGE 928
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 929
Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). An (N) indicates that the specified MAC address has been learnt by a neighbor and is synced to the node.
PAGE 930
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 931
Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 932
Slot/port Te 1/1 Limit 10 MAC count 0 MAC count 0 Drops 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN.
PAGE 933
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. description Add a description about the selected VLAN.
PAGE 934
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. S6000 Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 935
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 936
Example Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
PAGE 937
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and SSeries and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 938
Column Heading Example Description • Po = port channel • Gi = gigabit Ethernet • Te = ten-gigabit Ethernet Dell#show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C Community, I - Isolated Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Te 13/1) T P
PAGE 939
Dell#show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 Dell# Status Description Q Ports Active U Te 13/47 Example (Brief) Dell#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 940
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged.
PAGE 941
track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. S6000 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 942
If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN. The Layer 2 state of the VLAN, and hence the Layer 2 traffic, is not affected by the track ip command configuration. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
PAGE 943
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 944
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 945
• aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “errordisabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 946
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command.
PAGE 947
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command.
PAGE 948
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. S6000 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 949
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 950
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. The default is Normal mode.
PAGE 951
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. S6000 Syntax Parameters show fefd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 952
Field Example Description • bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes). • err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) • unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal. • locally disabled (interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration).
PAGE 953
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 29 The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 954
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 955
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 956
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface.
PAGE 957
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. S6000 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 958
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 959
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. S6000 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command.
PAGE 960
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. S6000 Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode {tx | rx} command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 961
Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 x hello Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 962
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. S6000 Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface.
PAGE 963
When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations. When you execute the no protocol lldp from INTERFACE mode, interfaces begin to inherit the configuration from global LLDP CONFIGURATION mode. show lldp neighbors Display LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 964
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval. Example R1(conf-if-te-1/31)#do show lldp neighbors Loc PortID Rem Host Name Rem Port Id Rem Chassis Id -------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/21 R2 TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 00:01:e8:06:95:3e Te 1/31 R3 TenGigabitEthernet 3/11 00:01:e8:09:c2:4a show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information.
PAGE 965
LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and S-Series support all commands. The E-Series generally supports the commands. However, LLDP-MED commands are more useful on the C-Series and the S50V model of the S-Series, because they support Power over Ethernet (PoE) devices.
PAGE 966
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 967
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 968
Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 969
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
PAGE 970
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 971
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 972
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 973
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 974
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 975
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 976
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 30 Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 977
Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for association of an IP address with multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information For multicast mode of NLB, to associate an IP address with a multicast MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP) by entering the arp ip-address multicast-mac-address command in Global configuration mode.
PAGE 978
output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 979
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 31 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system supports MSDP commands on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 980
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 981
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 982
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 983
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 984
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. S6000 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name.
PAGE 985
group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group. However, member X cannot forward the SA message to other members of the mesh-group. ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. S6000 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command.
PAGE 986
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S6000 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 987
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.
PAGE 988
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 989
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 990
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
PAGE 991
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S6000 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 992
show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 993
Example (Sacache) Example (Summary) Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr UpTime 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 00:02:52 Dell# Dell#show ip msdp summary Peer Addr Local Addr Up/Down Description 5.5.5.32 6.6.6.32 00:07:17 Peer1 Dell# LearnedFrom Expire 172.21.3.254 102 State Source Established Lo 32 SA 20 show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache.
PAGE 994
00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 994 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.12 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.13 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.14 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.15 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.16 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.17 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.18 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.
PAGE 995
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S6000 platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 996
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 997
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 998
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
PAGE 999
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
PAGE 1000
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance.
PAGE 1001
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance.
PAGE 1002
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration.
PAGE 1003
Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree mstp Dell(config-mstp)#no disable Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree.
PAGE 1004
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name — assigns the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1005
max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. S6000 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1006
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. S6000 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instancenumber (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1007
hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1008
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST external path cost 0 Number of topology changes 1, last change occured 00:00:15 ago on Te 1/1 Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
PAGE 1009
Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1010
priority priority Defaults • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. • cost = depends on the interface type • priority = 128 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1011
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1012
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all S6000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1013
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1014
[protocol [process-id | tag] ip-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor. The range is from 1 to 65535. • Enter the OSPF process identification number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. the range is from 1 to 65535. • Enter the IS-IS alphanumeric tag string then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor.
PAGE 1015
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1016
Defaults Disabled. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable IP multicast forwarding on that VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 1017
group-address [sourceaddress] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets. snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [sourceaddress]] Enter the keyword snooping to display information on the multicast routes PIM-SM snooping discovers.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id, group-address, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Static) Dell#show ip mroute static Example (Snooping) Dell#show ip mroute snooping Mroute: 23.23.23.
PAGE 1019
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries.
PAGE 1020
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources.
PAGE 1021
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 34 The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1022
• Router mode — When a policy with device role as router is applied on an interface, all the RA packets are validated based on the configuration information in the policy. Similarly, you can also apply this mode over any specific VLAN and the validation is performed only for that particular VLAN RA packets. To configure the IPv6 RA guard, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache or neighbors of a specific interface.
PAGE 1023
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. debug ipv6 nd ra-guard Enable debugging for IPv6 RA guard snooping information.
PAGE 1024
Parameters host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host. router Enter the keyword router to set the device-role as router. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1025
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable—Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. ipv6 nd ra-guard attach-policy Apply the IPv6 RA guard to a specific interface.
PAGE 1026
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1027
To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor [vrf vrf-name] {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1028
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1029
Parameters ipv6–accesslist name Enter the keywords ipv6–access-list then the access-list name. The access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–prefix-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–prefix-list then the prefix-list name. The prefix-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–macaccess-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the macaccess-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters.
PAGE 1030
ipv6–macaccess-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the macaccess-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.
PAGE 1031
Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other-config-flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
PAGE 1032
Parameters value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1033
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax Parameters router—lifetime value value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds.
PAGE 1034
medium Enter the keyword medium to set the DRP value as medium. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1035
trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. • device-role — Specifies the role of the device attached to the port. • hop-limit — Enables the verification of the advertised hop count limit. • mtu — Sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value.
PAGE 1036
trusted-port Interfaces : Te 1/1 Dell# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. • device-role — Specifies the role of the device attached to the port. • hop-limit — Enables the verification of the advertised hop count limit. • mtu — Sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value.
PAGE 1037
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1038
trusted-port Allow bypassing the configured RA guard validation and forwards the RA packets received on the interface, which has the trusted port policy attached. Syntax trusted-port To reset the policy applied to the trusted port, use the no trusted-port command. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1039
35 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking, C-Series, E-Series, SSeries, and S4810 platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1040
Command Modes Command History Example • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1041
the DOWN timer is running when an interface goes down and comes back up, the DOWN timer is cancelled and the client is not notified of the event. If the timer expires and an object’s state has changed, a notification is sent to the client. If no delay is configured, a notification is sent immediately after a change in the state of a tracked object is detected. The time delay in communicating a state change is specified in seconds.
PAGE 1042
show running-config track Display the current configuration of tracked objects. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show running-config track [object-id] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1043
• track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object.
PAGE 1044
Output Description route ipv6address Example object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route.
PAGE 1045
2 3 Related Commands • • • • • Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Down 00:05:00 Up 01:10:05 show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface.
PAGE 1046
interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value. The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows: • • If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP.
PAGE 1047
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv4 Layer 2 interface: • The status of the IPv4 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address.
PAGE 1048
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN).
PAGE 1049
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the UP and/or DOWN threshold of an IPv4 route metric. In order for a route’s metric to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked IPv4 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv4 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 10.0.0.
PAGE 1050
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1051
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. isis resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1052
Related Commands • The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hopcount is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN. • threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. • track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1053
Example Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type slot/port, IP route ip-address, IPv6 route ipv6address Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is being tracked. object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route.
PAGE 1054
2 3 Related Commands IPv6 route metric threshold 2040::/64 Up 00:02:36 IPv6 route reachability 2050::/64 Up 00:02:36 • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. • show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • track interface ipv6 routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1055
Usage Information Related Commands Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface: • The status of the IPv6 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address. • The Layer 3 status of an IPv6 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table.
PAGE 1056
When you configure the threshold of an IPv6 route metric as a tracked object, the UP/DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the current metric for the route in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 1057
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv6 route. In order for a route’s reachability to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry.
PAGE 1058
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv6 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 1059
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 36 Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1060
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1061
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1062
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1063
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1064
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables.
PAGE 1065
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. S6000 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1066
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1067
database-timer rate-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-timer ratelimit to display the LSA throttling timer information. This applies to the S4810 platform only. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.
PAGE 1068
Field Description rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1069
Example Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 4/3 dst: 224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1070
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF.
PAGE 1071
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S6000 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1072
distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. S6000 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address.
PAGE 1073
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S6000 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1074
Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. S6000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1075
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
PAGE 1076
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1077
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates.
PAGE 1078
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task. The flooding algorithm, described in RFC-2328, requires that OSPF flood LSAs (Link State Advertisements) on all interfaces, as governed by LSA’s flooding scope (see Section 13 of the RFC).
PAGE 1079
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for MultiProcess OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The Helper mode is enabled by default on the device.
PAGE 1080
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode.
PAGE 1081
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. S6000 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helperonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
PAGE 1082
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. S6000 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1083
Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1084
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1085
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands ip ospf hello-interval — sets the time interval between the hello packets.
PAGE 1086
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface.
PAGE 1087
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 1088
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network.
PAGE 1089
ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1090
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1091
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. S6000 Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
PAGE 1092
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1093
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1094
If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces. S6000 Syntax network ip-address mask area area-id To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area areaid command. Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address.
PAGE 1095
Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface.
PAGE 1096
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1097
• If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed. • May update ABR status. On configuring suppression using the passive-interface command, the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT; instead, the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead-timer expires.
PAGE 1098
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1099
Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metricvalue number. The range is from 0 to16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map.
PAGE 1100
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S6000 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1101
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. S6000 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 1102
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.1.1.
PAGE 1103
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF.
PAGE 1104
Example Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface 0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1105
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...
PAGE 1106
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1107
NOTE: ASBRs that are not in directly connected areas are also displayed. You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the following example, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/. For remote ASBRs, the E flag is clear (-/-/-/). Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1108
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
PAGE 1109
172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 13.1.1.1 148 0x8000006d 0x533b 0 show ip ospf database asbr-summary — displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1110
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age.
PAGE 1111
LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 1112
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1112 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1113
Example Field Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router.
PAGE 1114
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view the network LSA information corresponding to an OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1115
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1116
Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
PAGE 1117
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 1118
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1118 Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1119
Example Item Description Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.
PAGE 1120
link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1121
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view opaque-link LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1122
show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database router [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view the router LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1123
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1124
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1125
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSA routing information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1126
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
PAGE 1127
Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
PAGE 1128
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1128 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1129
Example Item Description Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor. Dell>show ip ospf int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.
PAGE 1130
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show information corresponding to the OSPF neighbors that are tied to a specific VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1131
20.20.20.1 Dell# 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Te 1/3 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1132
• The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. NOTE: Starting with Version 9.4(0.0), the loopback IP address advertised to the neighbor is not displayed in the output because they are not accounted as inactive OSPF routes, whereas the loopback IP address is displayed until Dell Networking OS Version 9.3(0.0). Starting with Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 1133
neighbor router-id • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1134
Row Heading Description LSUpd Number of link state update packets. LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue. Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue. Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets.
PAGE 1135
Example Error Type Description Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet.
PAGE 1136
RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.4 Packet Statistics Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 5 2 1 3 2 TX 6 5 1 3 3 Timers Hello 0 Wait 0 Grace 0 Dead 39 Transmit 4 Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSU-Q-Wmark 1 LSR-Q-Len 0 LSR-Q-Wmark 1 Dell(conf-if-te-1/6)# Related Commands clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire.
PAGE 1137
Example Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1138
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.
PAGE 1139
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas.
PAGE 1140
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1141
• max-interval: 5000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1142
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the platform. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis.
PAGE 1143
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1144
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax Parameters area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1145
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1146
Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 ospf [vrf vrf-name] process vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1147
• • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1148
Changed session state to Up for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b: 7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NO_DIAG) 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 got BFD msg 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 1/2 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR state debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1149
07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 1/6 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1150
metric-type type-value route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1151
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1152
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts.
PAGE 1153
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series. ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1154
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1155
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • GigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 • TenGigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 • FortygigEthernet — Default cost is 1 • Ethernet—Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
PAGE 1156
Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets. ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
PAGE 1157
For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1158
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1159
Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000.
PAGE 1160
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration.
PAGE 1161
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1162
Range: 5 to 86400 seconds. on-startup wait-for-bgp [wait-time] Enable the router to announce the maximum metric in OSPF LSAs until the BGP routing table converges with updated routes. Default: 600 seconds. You can also specify the time (in seconds) that the router waits for the BGP routing table to converge before it stops advertising the maximum cost in LSAs and advertises the router’s currently configured OSPF cost. Range: 5 to 86400 seconds. Defaults Not Configured.
PAGE 1163
for-bgp Dell(conf-router_ospf)#exit Dell(conf)#show ip ospf Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 100.1.1.1 Virtual router default-vrf Supports only single TOS (TOS0) routes It is an Area Border Router Originating router lsas with maximum metric Time remaining 00:07:07 Condition : On-Startup while BGP is converging for 600 secs.
PAGE 1164
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive.
PAGE 1165
connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metricvalue Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 1166
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 1167
If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec policy [name name] name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy.
PAGE 1168
Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP
PAGE 1169
Outbound AH SPI Inbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH Key show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1170
Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1171
Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality.
PAGE 1172
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series.
PAGE 1173
Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2
PAGE 1174
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.
PAGE 1175
Parameters processnumber Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1176
37 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1177
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. S6000 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
PAGE 1178
Related Commands • show cam pbr – displays the content of the PBR CAM. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. S6000 Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of a redirect list. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1179
Parameters • If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command. • You can also use the no permit {ip-protocol-number | protocoltype} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] command. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1180
Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series Tera Scale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1181
ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1182
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series Tera Scale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
PAGE 1183
protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: • icmp for internet control message protocol • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter.
PAGE 1184
destinationport-range Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Enter the keywords destination-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1185
Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content. Example Dell#show cam pbr stack-unit 1 port-set 0 TCP Flag: Bit 5 - URG, Bit 4 - ACK, Bit 3 - PSH, Bit 2 - RST, Bit 1 - SYN, Bit 0 - FIN Cam Port VlanID Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp Next-hop Egress Index Flag Port Port MAC Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------00000 5 N/A IP 0x0 0 0 22.22.2.22/32 33.33.3.
PAGE 1186
Command History Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list explicit_tunnel IP redirect-list explicit_tunnel: Defined as: seq 5 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp 155.55.2.0/24 222.22.2.0/24, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32) seq 10 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp any any, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32) seq 15 redirect tunnel 2 udp 155.55.0.0/16 host 144.144.144.
PAGE 1187
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 38 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1188
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. As a result, the existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale.
PAGE 1189
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node.
PAGE 1190
timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert: to view the assertion timer • hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1191
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1192
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the SSeries. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router.
PAGE 1194
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.
PAGE 1195
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
PAGE 1196
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature. S6000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] registerfilter access-list command.
PAGE 1197
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list.
PAGE 1198
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1199
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1200
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command).
PAGE 1201
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Removed the acl-access-list parameter. Modified the max value of S, G entry second range from 86400 to 65535. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1202
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1203
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. S6000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold [infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sptthreshold [infinity] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1204
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1205
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1206
Field Description DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces. Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 165.87.34.5 Te 1/10 v2/S 165.87.34.5 10.1.1.2 Vl 10 v2/S 10.1.1.2 20.1.1.5 Vl 20 v2/S 20.1.1.5 165.87.31.200 Vl 30 v2/S 165.87.31.
PAGE 1207
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found.
PAGE 1208
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1209
show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range vrf vrf-name Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History Exmaple (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1210
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1211
Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group-address [source-address]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 1212
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1213
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (*, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:40:15, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.
PAGE 1214
39 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1215
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1216
set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command. dscp_value DSCP value of the packets in the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value is 0. set ip ttl Configures the IP time-to-live (TTL) value of the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic.
PAGE 1217
Related Command show monitor session — displays the monitor session. show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session. show config Display the current monitor session configuration. Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1218
show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions. Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1219
Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1220
Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. Syntax source interface | range destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command.
PAGE 1221
direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the keyword direction then one of the packet directional indicators. • rx: to monitor receiving packets only. • tx: to monitor transmitting packets only. • both: to monitor both transmitting and receiving packets. Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1222
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 40 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the S6000 platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
PAGE 1223
Port Types: • Community port: A community port is a port that belongs to a community VLAN and is allowed to communicate with other ports in the same community VLAN and with promiscuous ports. • Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type.
PAGE 1224
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table.
PAGE 1225
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1226
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1227
trunk Enter the keyword trunk to configure the selected port or port channel as a trunk port in a PVLAN. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1228
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 41 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S6000 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. S6000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1229
Related Commands Version Description pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. S6000 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1230
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. S6000 Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1231
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S6000 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1232
Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands disable — disables PVST+. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. S6000 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 1234
----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1235
Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1236
Parameters edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a PVST+ edge port. bpduguard Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled.
PAGE 1237
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1238
When used in a PVST+ network, loop guard is performed per-port or per-port channel at a VLAN level. If no BPDUs are received on a VLAN interface, the port or port-channel transitions to a Loop-Inconsistent (blocking) state only for this VLAN. Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a Blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Networking systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port. If this happens, Dell Networking OS places the port in the Error-Disable state.
PAGE 1240
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1241
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1242
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1243
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1244
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1245
Quality of Service (QoS) 42 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking Products.S6000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1246
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1247
POLICY-OUT mode supersedes the service-class bandwidth-percentage command. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. S6000 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 queue | dot1p1 queue | dot1p2 queue | dot1p3 queue | dot1p4 queue| dot1p5 queue | dot1p6 queue | dot1p7 queue} queue Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1248
Defaults • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue: 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1249
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over the SP queue, it starves all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing.
PAGE 1250
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface.
PAGE 1251
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1252
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1253
Command Modes Command History dot1p Queue ID 5 5 6 6 7 7 • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1254
bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue. S6000 Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of bandwidth to the class/ queue. The range is from 1 to 100% (granularity 1%). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1255
S6000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATS-SNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.3.0.
PAGE 1256
match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-mapname Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this Class Map to control plane traffic only (CoPP). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map.
PAGE 1257
match ip precedence — identifies the IP precedence values as match criteria. match ip dscp — configures the match criteria based on the DSCP value. match mac access-group — configures a match criterion for a class map based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1258
Related Commands show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. S6000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1259
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). NOTE: IPv6 class-maps and IP-any class-maps do not match. This condition is true for IPv6 and IPany class-maps on both ACLs as well as VLANs. S6000 Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip accessgroup access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value] command.
PAGE 1260
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. S6000 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [set-ip-dscp value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1261
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip dscp and match ip precedence commands are mutually exclusive. Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate IP DCSP values 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7, enter either the match ip dscp 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or match ip dscp 0-7 command.
PAGE 1262
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1263
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value.
PAGE 1264
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S6000 Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1265
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1266
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1267
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policymap-out). Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1268
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined. This command enables the qos-policyinput configuration mode— (conf-qos-policy-in).
PAGE 1269
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rate-shape, scheduler strict, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-output configuration mode —(conf-qos-policy-out). Related Commands bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue. wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence.
PAGE 1270
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value. Related Commands rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy.
PAGE 1271
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1272
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1273
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. S6000 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1274
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. S6000 Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1275
Parameters class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1276
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1277
7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) c7 q7 Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. S6000 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-mapname] [qos-policy-input qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. class classmap-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1278
Queue# Class-map-name 0 ClassMap1 Dell# Qos-policy-name qosPolicyInput show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. S6000 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1279
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. S6000 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1280
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1281
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1282
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name min-threshold rate wred_drop 0 100 wred_teng_y 467 100 wred_teng_g 467 50 wred_fortyg_y 467 50 wred_fortyg_g 467 25 max-threshold max-drop- 0 4671 4671 4671 4671 service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight Create a service class and associate the threshold weight of the shared buffer with each of the queues per port in the egress direction.
PAGE 1283
Usage Information Example You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7. The following table describes the mapping between the threshold weight of the shared buffer on the queue and the percentage of available shared buffer that is used by the queue for each of the corresponding threshold weights of the shared buffer: shared-threshold-weight on the queue % of available shared buffer that can be consumed by the queue. 0 No dynamic sharing; shared buffer = 0. 1 0.
PAGE 1284
port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1. stack-unit all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit all to indicate all stack-unit. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1285
Field Description Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface. NOTE: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface.
PAGE 1286
To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max-dropprobability number Enter the keyword max-drop-probability followed by the maximum number of packets for the WRED profile.
PAGE 1287
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S6000 Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1288
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 111XXX Network Control 7 3 48–63 110XXX Internetwo rk Control 6 3 48–63 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding ) CRITIC/EC P 5 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding ) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Des
PAGE 1289
Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and viceversa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1290
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1291
Command Modes Command History QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability.
PAGE 1292
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values. This command enables WRED configuration mode —(conf-wred).
PAGE 1293
peak-rate Define the peak rate, which is the guaranteed or minimum confirmed rate for the packets. Specify this value as a multiple of 64 if you specify the peak rate in Kbps. The range is from 0 to 40000000 for Kbps. The range is from 1 to 268000000 for pps. The range is from 0 to 40000 for Mbps (which is the default measure for rate limits if you do not explicitly configure Kbps or pps) kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the peak rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps).
PAGE 1294
rate-shape kbps command, it denotes the metric for peak and committed rate attributes). Similarly, if you use the rate-shape pps option , it denotes the metric for peak rate and committed rate attributes. If you attempt to define the committed rate to be less than the peak rate, an error message is displayed stating that the peak rate cannot be lower than the committed rate. You can configure all the rate shaping parameters to be either in bytes or packets measure for each queue.
PAGE 1295
string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. This parameter applies only if you specify a weight factor. Default All queues on backplane ports operate in tail-drop (best-effort traffic) mode by default. There is no default WRED green or yellow profile. The default weight is 0.
PAGE 1296
available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red. Syntax dscp {yellow | red} [list-dscp-values] To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp {yellow | red} [dscp-list] command. Parameters Yellow Enter the yellow keyword.
PAGE 1297
• A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made. • Each color map can only have one list of DSCP values for each color; any DSCP values previously listed for that color that are not in the new DSCP list are colored green.
PAGE 1298
Related Commands qos dscp-color-map— associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. qos dscp-color-policy Associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map.
PAGE 1299
show qos dscp-color-policy Display DSCP color policy configuration for one or all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show qos dscp-color-policy {summary [interface] | detail {interface}} summary Enter the summary keyword to display summary information about a color policy on one or more interfaces. Detail Enter the detail keyword to display detailed information about a color policy on one or more interfaces. interface Enter the name of the interface that has color policy configured.
PAGE 1300
Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Related Commands — Displays DSCP color maps show qos dscp-color-map show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show qos dscp-color-map map-name map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1301
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 43 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S6000 platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1302
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. S6000 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1303
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes.
PAGE 1304
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1.
PAGE 1305
To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1306
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1307
prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1308
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1309
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1310
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S6000 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1311
Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1312
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1313
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1314
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information.
PAGE 1315
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible. To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. Related Commands passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts.
PAGE 1316
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address the network command specifies. offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP.
PAGE 1317
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface.
PAGE 1319
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1320
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command.
PAGE 1321
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1322
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1323
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Example Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration.
PAGE 1324
Example Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. S6000 Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only.
PAGE 1325
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
PAGE 1326
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1327
Defaults holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets. The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 180 seconds. flush Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval during which the route is advertised as unreachable. When this interval expires, the route is flushed from the routing table.
PAGE 1328
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. S6000 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The Dell Networking OS sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1329
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 44 The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S6000 platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1330
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1331
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1332
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1333
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S6000 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command.
PAGE 1334
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1335
risingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords rising-threshold then the value (64 bit) the rising-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmRisingEventIndex or alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding rising-threshold event, the value is zero.
PAGE 1336
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. S6000 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1337
Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1338
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Dell# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S6000 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1339
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell(conf)#rmon event 111 -> Dell(conf)#rmon event 112 log -> Dell(conf)#rmon event 113 trap private -> Dell(conf)#rmon event 114 log trap public-> “trap” options Dell(conf)#do show rmon events RMON event entry 111 description: event type: none. event community: event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 112 description: event type: LOG.
PAGE 1340
21 22 Dell# 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S6000 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1341
alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table.
PAGE 1342
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1343
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries.
PAGE 1344
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) 1344 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1345
HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ---------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet
PAGE 1346
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 45 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1347
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1348
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/1 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree.
PAGE 1349
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1350
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1351
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds. The range is from 50 to 950 milliseconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1352
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
PAGE 1353
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1354
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-rstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration.
PAGE 1355
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance.
PAGE 1356
- ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 1/1 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 1/1 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 P2P No Dell#show spanning-tree rstp Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 0 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1357
• Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails.
PAGE 1358
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1359
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1360
46 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1361
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1362
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command.
PAGE 1363
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL.
PAGE 1364
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1365
If the RADIUS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured Radius servers are used for the purposes. When the RADIUS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1366
Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. S6000 Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1367
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1368
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS.
PAGE 1369
Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEClevel command checking. aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands.
PAGE 1370
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1371
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command.
PAGE 1372
Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1373
Related Commands show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [...
PAGE 1374
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1375
To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: ...
PAGE 1376
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used. If you configure aaa authentication login default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods this command defines for login instead.
PAGE 1377
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1378
Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1379
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1380
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1381
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1382
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1383
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1384
Parameters min-length number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords min-length then the number of characters. The range is from 0 to 32 characters. max-retry number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16. lockout-period minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lockout-period then the number of minutes. The range is from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 0 minutes and the lockout-period is not enabled.
PAGE 1385
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1386
To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level.
PAGE 1387
show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch. Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1388
Role Priv Host(s) * 0 console 0 unassigned 1 idle 2 vty 0 admin unassigned 1 idle 3 vty 1 ad unassigned 15 idle 4 vty 2 ad1 sysadmin 1 idle 5 vty 3 ad1 sysadmin 1 idle 6 vty 4 admin unassigned 1 idle 7 vty 5 ad unassigned 15 idle Dell# Related Commands Location 10.16.127.35 10.16.127.145 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.145 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 username — enables a user.
PAGE 1389
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter.
PAGE 1390
available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for password option is 0. The default encryption type for secret option is 0.
PAGE 1391
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1392
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1393
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1394
! radius-server group group1 radius-server vrf vrf1 source-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/36 radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 radius-server host 2.2.2.2 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 Dell(conf-radius-group)# Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information.
PAGE 1395
• 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • RADIUS SERVER GROUP • CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1396
that are configured in the CONFIGURATION mode are also considered to be on the default VRF. You must configure the RADIUS group explicitly with the aaa radius group command in order for the AAA servers to use the group of RADIUS servers. The 802.1x servers use the group of RADIUS servers based on the VRF where the 802.1x request is received.
PAGE 1397
• For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes RADIUS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1398
Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1399
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters retries Enter a number of attempts that FTOS tries to locate a RADIUS server. The range is from zero (0) to 100.
PAGE 1400
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1401
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 1402
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command.
PAGE 1403
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers. Syntax tacacs-server group group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command.
PAGE 1404
Related Commands aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1405
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters.
PAGE 1406
key Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1407
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes TACACS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1408
port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication. Important Points to Remember Dell Networking OS limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments. 802.1X with VLAN assignment has these characteristics when configured on the switch and the RADIUS server. • 802.1X is supported on Dell Networking OS. • 802.
PAGE 1409
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command.
PAGE 1410
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1411
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.
PAGE 1412
Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable. Therefore, a guest VLAN is allocated to the interface and authentication for the device occurs at the next re-authentication interval (dot1x reauthentication).
PAGE 1413
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
PAGE 1414
Parameters forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1415
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.
PAGE 1416
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2.
PAGE 1417
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1418
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command.
PAGE 1419
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1420
Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/48 802.
PAGE 1421
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024.
PAGE 1422
Usage Information The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated. This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists.
PAGE 1423
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1424
Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication.
PAGE 1426
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1427
ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1428
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1429
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1430
poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui +DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3t ReG1o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc +Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEn WIMPJi0ds= ashwani@poclab4 NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis.
PAGE 1431
Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhostauthentication can be allowed.
PAGE 1432
added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication myauthorized-keys device://filename command). ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. SSH server is enabled by default. S6000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1433
mac hmacalgorithm Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmacsha1-96.
PAGE 1434
[version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • Default listening port is 22. • Default cipher list is 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is hmac-sha1-96. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmacsha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96.
PAGE 1435
Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1436
following command to restart the SSH server on the default VRF: ip ssh server vrf. Example • • • • Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. Dell(conf)#ip Dell(conf)#no Dell(conf)#ip Dell(conf)#no ssh server vrf vrf1 ip ssh server vrf ssh server vrf management ip ssh server vrf ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections.
PAGE 1437
Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections.
PAGE 1438
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
PAGE 1439
Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAAAgQC9IYgcUcc8wQm+5KUQgW/ zAs8V5STalGq4/+S+6H9axpQnA+A0xweeo5iR5hvPP6Vc+HS+uWoQH +VOJ8H5Jxsm347XnYv/gpSqhgjZ/C5UwFiucVkVfYu8RDcJVIuQhLvPEebIF5Q +sD8K89MXU90MAS/UdoiJZSOIlbaCuSTW1Q== Dell# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1440
Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 4 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 * 5 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 Dell# Related Commands Remote IP 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 ip ssh server — configures an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication.
PAGE 1441
yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhY eFPaHiygd8U/FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-li nux-1.force10networks.com 10.16.151.48 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhY eFPaHiygd8U/FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= Dell# Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — configures the filename for the host-based authentication.
PAGE 1442
4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9+U9tMwhS8vy8A VxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1443
"no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. This comment is applicable for both ciphers & HMAC algorithms: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
PAGE 1444
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1445
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1446
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1447
Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected.
PAGE 1448
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1449
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1450
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
PAGE 1451
Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID. User roles are created for job functions and through those roles they acquire the permissions to perform their associated job function. This section describes the syntax and usage of RBAC-specific commands.
PAGE 1452
Related Commands 1. Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2. Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3. Specify an authentication method (RADIUS, TACACS+, or Local). 4. Specify authorization method (RADIUS, TACACS+ or Local). 5.
PAGE 1453
command Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level.
PAGE 1454
Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands userrole, username, privilege show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
PAGE 1455
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch.
PAGE 1456
47 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1457
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1458
To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320. stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1459
Parameters stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1460
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box.
PAGE 1461
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN.
PAGE 1462
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 LLDP,GVRP MMRP,MVRP LACP,DOT1X OAM,PAUSE E-LMI Te Te Te Te Te 5/7,Te 5/7,Te 5/7,Te 5/7,Te 5/7,Te 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 5/6 Example (Specific VLAN) Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# Related Commands show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1463
sFlow 48 The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1464
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1465
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.
PAGE 1466
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1467
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, and MXL switch.
PAGE 1468
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1469
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
PAGE 1470
Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is the global counter polling interval.
PAGE 1471
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets.
PAGE 1472
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is 32768 packets. Defaults The Global default sampling.
PAGE 1473
show sflow Display the current sFlow configuration. Syntax Parameters show sflow [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1474
Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero. Example Dell#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Egress Management Interface sFlow services are disabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 Global default extended maximum header size: 128 bytes Global extended information enabled: none 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 100.1.1.1, Agent IP addr: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1475
49 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1476
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1477
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1478
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup.
PAGE 1479
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example Dell#show snmp user User name: v1v2creadu Engine ID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 storage-type: nonvolatile active Authentication Protocol: None Privacy Protocol: None Dell# snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters.
PAGE 1480
to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !------command run on Dell Networkingswitch: --------------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !------command run on server connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2.
PAGE 1481
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1482
Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
PAGE 1483
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command. Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Notification of changes to the startup or running configuration.
PAGE 1484
• linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1485
To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device. Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. • The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis.
PAGE 1486
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
PAGE 1487
• 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1488
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups.
PAGE 1489
NOTE: You can use this attribute to inform the SNMP engine about the vrf instance to be used to reach the corresponding remote host to send Trap or Inform message. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host. The default is traps. informs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword informs to send inform notifications to the specified host. The default is traps.
PAGE 1490
• envmon — Enable SNMP environmental monitor traps. • eoam — Enable EOAM state change traps • ets — Enable ets traps • fips — Enable FIP Snooping state change traps • lacp — Enable LACP state change traps. • isis — Enable ISIS adjacency change traps • pfc — Enable pfc traps • snmp — Enable SNMP trap • stp — Enable 802.1d state change traps • vlt — Enable VLT traps • vrrp — Enable VRRP state change traps • xstp — Enable 802.1s, 802.
PAGE 1491
trap types are enabled for the host. If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. In order to enable multiple hosts, issue a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types in the command for each host. When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server host command will be in effect.
PAGE 1492
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1493
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command.
PAGE 1494
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source.
PAGE 1495
vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. udp-port portnumber Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162.
PAGE 1496
access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-listname ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1497
Example Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d Usage Information The following command is an example of how to enter a plain-text password as the string authpasswd for user authuser of group v3group.
PAGE 1498
priv-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent and to decrypt the contents of the message it receives from the agent. Minimum: eight characters long. Defaults If no authentication or privacy option is configured, then the messages are exchanged (attempted anyway) without any authentication or encryption.
PAGE 1499
included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1500
Defaults Not Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF.
PAGE 1501
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer.
PAGE 1502
Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1503
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1504
Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1505
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured.
PAGE 1506
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1507
informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1508
To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1509
logging extended Logs security and audit events to a system log server. Syntax logging extended Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1510
• auth (authorization system) • cron (Cron/at facility) • deamon (system deamons) • kern (kernel) • local0 (local use) • local1 (local use) • local2 (local use) • local3 (local use) • local4 (local use) • local5 (local use) • local6 (local use) • local7 (local use) • lpr (line printer system) • mail (mail system) • news (USENET news) • sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog
PAGE 1511
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging — enables logging to a Syslog server. logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table. Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command.
PAGE 1513
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1514
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1515
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1516
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1517
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1518
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
PAGE 1519
The following describes the two supported log messages formats: Example • 0 – Displays syslog messages format as described in RFC 3164, The BSD syslog Protocol • 1 – Displays SYSLOG message format as described in RFC 5424, The Syslog Protocol Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging auditlog Displays an audit log.
PAGE 1520
Command Modes Command History reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1521
Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.12 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.15 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.200.12.2 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 1.1.10.
PAGE 1522
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1523
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1524
50 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1525
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID
PAGE 1526
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM0 is in Standby State CHM_RPM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - hard reset %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover
PAGE 1527
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply nonredundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_M
PAGE 1528
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMIN
PAGE 1529
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication failure VRRP_GO_MASTER %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BGP4_BACKW_XSITION %TRAP-5-BACKWARD_STATE_TRANS: Neighbor %a, state %s SNMP Traps 1529
PAGE 1530
51 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, refer to the “Stacking S-Series Switches” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. CAUTION: You cannot enable stacking simultaneously with virtual link trunking (VLT).
PAGE 1531
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Usage Information Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state. The switch does not reboot until it is manually rebooted. When enabled, it is not displayed in the running-config. When disabled, it is displayed in the running-config.
PAGE 1532
redundancy protocol Enable hitless failover for a protocol. Syntax Protocols redundancy protocol lacp Enter the LACP protocol xstp Enter one of the following protocols: STP, RSTP, MSTP, PVST. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1533
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the hard reset option. Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message displays if you try to do so. Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1534
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To modify your results, use the show redundancy [pipe] command, as follows: • except — show only text that doesn not match a pattern. • find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern.
PAGE 1535
show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show system stack-ports [status | topology] status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field. topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1536
2/4 5/4 5/12 5/120 0/4 2/4 42 42 42 up up up Example (Status) Dell#show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status -------------------------------------------0/4 42 up up 0/120 42 up up 2/0 42 up up 2/4 42 up up 5/4 42 up up 5/120 42 up up Example (Topology) Dell#show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------------------0/4 5/4 0/120 2/0 2/0 0/120 2/4 5/120 5/4 0/4 5/120 2/4 Dell# Related Commands up up up • reset s
PAGE 1537
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1538
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit stack-group Configure the stacking unit and stacking group by specifying an ID when adding units to a stack to ensure the unit is assigned to the correct group.
PAGE 1539
NOTE: Any scripts used to streamline the stacking configuration process must be updated to reflect the Command Mode change from EXEC Privilege to CONFIGURATION to allow the scripts to work correctly. upgrade system stack-unit Copy the boot image or Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
PAGE 1540
Related Commands 1540 • reload — reboots Dell Networking OS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated stack member. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. • show version — displays the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system.
PAGE 1541
Storm Control 52 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1542
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1543
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1544
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1545
To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentagedeci mal_value in | out Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The decimal range is from .1 to .9. wred-profile name Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile.
PAGE 1546
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1547
Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1548
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1549
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
PAGE 1550
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 1550 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1551
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 53 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1552
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs.
PAGE 1553
Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events.
PAGE 1554
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1555
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1556
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1557
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge.
PAGE 1558
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0).
PAGE 1559
Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1560
Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1561
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...
PAGE 1562
Topology change flag set, detected flag set Number of topology changes 1 last change occurred 0:00:05 ago from TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Timers:hold 1, topology change 35 hello 2, max age 20, forward_delay 15 Times:hello 1, topology change 1, notification 0, aging 2 Port 26 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.26 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1563
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1564
portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8.
PAGE 1565
STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). Root guard is supported on any STP-enabled port or port-channel except when used as a stacking port. When enabled on a port, root guard applies to all VLANs configured on the port. STP root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port.
PAGE 1566
System Time and Date 54 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1567
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1568
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters 1568 time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters. start-week (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following as the week that daylight saving begins and then enter values for start-day through end-time: • week-number: Enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week in the month to start daylight saving time.
PAGE 1569
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1570
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1571
events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1572
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1573
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1574
Parameters multicastaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. If you do not enter a multicast address, the address: • 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1575
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
PAGE 1576
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure multiple time-serving hosts . From these time-serving hosts, the Dell Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server was selected, use the show ntp associations command.
PAGE 1577
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1578
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key — sets an authentication key for NTP.
PAGE 1579
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.
PAGE 1580
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.
PAGE 1581
Usage Information Example System Time and Date Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer.
PAGE 1582
* master (synced), # master (unsynced), + selected, - candidate Dell# Related Commands show ntp status — displays the current NTP status. show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1583
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example System Time and Date Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.
PAGE 1584
Related Commands 1584 show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations.
PAGE 1585
55 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel.
PAGE 1586
configure any tunnel allow-remote entries, the tunnel—mode command fails unless the decapsulate-any option is included. Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format.
PAGE 1587
allows the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets addressed to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command.
PAGE 1588
When configuring tunnel keepalive at both end points of a tunnel interface it is recommended to set the tunnel keepalive target to the logical IPv4 or IPv6 address of the far end tunnel peer, rather than to the tunnel destination. This reduces the chance of both ends of the tunnel staying in keepalive down state. If both ends get into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up.
PAGE 1589
This command fails if the address family entered does not match the outer header address family of the tunnel mode, tunnel source, or any other tunnel allowremote. If you configure any allow-remote , the tunnel source or tunnel mode commands fail if the outer header address family does not match that of the configured allowremote. Usage Information Allow-remote entries can be configured only on multipoint receive-only tunnels, that is tunnel mode includes decapsulate-any option.
PAGE 1590
A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel flow-label value To return to the default value of 0, use the no tunnel flow-label value command. Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575.
PAGE 1591
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel.
PAGE 1592
ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface is operationally down unless you also configure the tunnel IPv6 address.
PAGE 1593
ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ipv6 unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ipv6 unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface is operationally down unless you also configure the tunnel IPv4 address.
PAGE 1594
NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from the one of the address family.
PAGE 1595
VLAN Stacking 56 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on Dell Networking OS. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1596
dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1597
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1598
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Instroduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable – Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN.
PAGE 1599
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must enable the stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. Related Commands vlan-stack compatible — enables stackable VLAN on a VLAN.
PAGE 1600
Usage Information WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed. Do you want to continue (y/n)? If you enter “y”, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group is removed when the unit is rebooted. vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1601
vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1602
Dell# M Te 1/18 M Te 1/6 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1603
Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100. Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1604
vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1605
Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for singletagged VLANs. When the VLAN-Stack trunk port is also a member of an untagged VLAN, the port must be in Hybrid mode. Refer to portmode hybrid. In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848.
PAGE 1606
Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface TenGigabitethernet 5/1 Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 4/1, Te 3/10, TenGi 5/1 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 5/1 Dell(conf-if-vl
PAGE 1607
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 57 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. S6000 Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
PAGE 1608
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. S6000 Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1609
Usage Information Use this command to specify a descriptive name for a VRF. ip vrf forwarding Enables you to attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command. Parameters vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Use this keyword when you want to associate the interface to the management VRF.
PAGE 1610
Example Dell#configure terminal Dell(conf)#ip vrf red Dell(conf-vrf)#description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)#show config ! ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/45)#int te 7/46 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#no shut Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip add 100.1.1.1/24 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/46 ip vrf forwarding red ip address 100.1.1.
PAGE 1611
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. You can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute to export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF. This action exposes source VRF's routes to various other VRFs, which then import these routes using the ip route-import tag command.
PAGE 1612
NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps enable you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION VRF MODE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF.
PAGE 1613
Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. You can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute to export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF. This action exposes source VRF's routes to various other VRFs, which then import these routes using the ip route-import tag command.
PAGE 1614
number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-mapname Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps enable you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1615
static Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map. Before using this command, you must enter the route map mode using the route-map routemap-name command.
PAGE 1616
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1617
To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value). warningthreshold Warning threshold value is expressed as a percentage of the limit value. When the number of routes reaches the specified percentage of the limit, a warning message is generated. Valid range is 1 to 100.
PAGE 1618
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1619
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1620
58 VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, refer to Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol.
PAGE 1621
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. S6000 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is added, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 module.
PAGE 1622
Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure the MAC address, of a VLT peer in remote VLT Domain, to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing..
PAGE 1623
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain must be configured as peer-domain-link. Configure the VLANs that needs to be excluded from VLT Proxy Gateway.
PAGE 1624
vlt-peer-mac transmit Enables the device to transmit, the peer's MAC address along with its own mac-address in the LLDP TLV packets, to the remote VLT Domain. S6000 Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1625
Usage Information At any point of time the proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons, 1) LLDP globally disabled 2) LLDP disabled per port 3) VLT port-channel is down 4) LLDP neighbor down So, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down though properly configured and this will be reported in the “show command”.
PAGE 1626
59 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1627
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1628
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. 9.0.
PAGE 1629
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1630
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1631
Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1632
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1633
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/IPV4. If not configured, peer-routing will not be disabled at all even though the peer is unavailable. Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds.
PAGE 1634
Parameters value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535. Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1635
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number. VLT version numbers are begin with odd numbers such as 3 or 5.
PAGE 1636
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.11.200.18 Up 1 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counters Displays the counter information.
PAGE 1637
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1638
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1639
Example Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1640
---------Unit-ID ----0 ----1 Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Peer Status ----------- Active Inactive Dell# Example for Qin-Q implementatio n over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vla
PAGE 1641
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1642
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1643
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added parameters multicast and ndp 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1644
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 N
PAGE 1645
Example Dell_VLTpeer1#show vlt statistics igmp-snoop VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 unit-id Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch.
PAGE 1646
Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. Use the unit-id command to explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch. To minimize the time required for the VLT system to determine the unit ID assigned to each peer switch when one peer reboots, use this command.
PAGE 1647
vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device. Syntax Parameters vlt-peer-lag port-channel id-number id-number Enter the respective vlt port-channel number of the peer device. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1648
60 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) is supported on Dell Networking OS. feature vxlan Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. Syntax feature vxlan To disable the VXLAN, use the no feature vxlan command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1649
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. fail-mode Configures failure-mode on the platform. Syntax fail-mode secure To disable the fail-mode secure, use the no fail-mode securecommand. Parameters secure Enter the keyword secure to delete all its database and hardware flows/resources, when the VTEP loses connectivity with the controller.
PAGE 1650
Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1651
Usage Information You must disable vxlan-instance before unconfiguring VAP. Related Commands feature vxlan — Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. max_backoff Configures time to wait between connection attempts with controller. Syntax Parameters max_backoff time time Enter the time in milliseconds. The range is from 1000-180000. The default value is 30000. Defaults 30000 Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1652
Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. controller Configures controller for the VXLAN instance on the platform.
PAGE 1653
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance Displays information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID instance ID • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the VXLAN instance ID.
PAGE 1654
show running-config vxlan Displays the configuration information of the VXLAN on S6000. Syntax show running-config vxlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1655
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Example Dell# show vxlan vxlan-instance <1> unicast-mac-remote Total Local Mac Count: 1 VNI MAC TUNNEL 4656 00:00:01:00:00:01 36.1.1.
PAGE 1656
Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Dell# show vxlan vxlan-instance <1> unicast-mac-local Total Local Mac Count: 5 VNI MAC PORT 4656 4656 4656 4656 4656 Related Commands 00:00:02:00:03:00 00:00:02:00:03:01 00:00:02:00:03:02 00:00:02:00:03:03 00:00:02:00:03:04 Te Te Te Te Te 0/17 0/17 0/17 0/17 0/17 VLAN 0 0 0 0 0 vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
PAGE 1657
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vxlan vxlan-instance 1 statistics interface fortyGigE 1/4 100 Port : Fo 1/4 Vlan : 100 Rx Packets : 13 Rx Bytes : 1317 Tx Packets : 13 Tx Bytes : 1321 Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance physical-locator Displays physical locators related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway.
PAGE 1658
Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance logical network Displays logical network information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID logical-network [name name] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
PAGE 1659
clear vxlan vxlan-instance statistics Syntax Parameters clear vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statistics instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 1660
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 61 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1661
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 1662
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1663
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#clear counters vrrp vrf jay Clear "show vrrp" counters of all vrrp groups on all interfaces in VRF jay [confirm] yes debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1664
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1665
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1666
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1667
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1668
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1669
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1670
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1671
Item Description Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. Example (Brief) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Te 1/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.200.200.203 Description Te 1/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Te 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.206 200.200.
PAGE 1672
Item Description Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed. Tracking states.. This line is displayed if the track command is configured on an interface. Below this line, the following information on the tracked interface is displayed: • Dn or Up states whether the interface is down or up.
PAGE 1673
addr(s) Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 IPv4 20 100 Y Master 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.2 Dell# track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled. Syntax track interface [priority-cost cost] To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command.
PAGE 1674
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ipaddress1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. .
PAGE 1675
A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with the same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. You can ping the virtual addresses configured in all VRRP groups. vrrp delay minimum Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after an interface comes up.
PAGE 1676
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Syntax Parameters vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1677
Parameters vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1678
Defaults 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3.
PAGE 1679
• disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF.
PAGE 1680
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of all VFFP BFD interactions.
PAGE 1681
show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Syntax Parameters show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief] [vrf vrf-name] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1682
Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available). • master (MASTER virtual router). • backup (BACKUP virtual router). the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER.
PAGE 1683
Example Dell#show vrrp ipv6 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 5/6, IPv6 VRID: 255, Version: 3, Net: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 VRF: 0 default-vrf State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group.
PAGE 1684
• When VRF microcode is loaded in CAM, the VRID for a VRRP group is equal to 16 times the vrrp-group or vrrp-ipv6-group vrid number plus the ip vrf vrf-id number. For example, if VRF microcode is loaded and VRRP group 10 is configured in VRF 2, the VRID used for the VRRP group is (16 x 10) + 2, or 162. This VRID value is used in the lowest byte of the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group and is also used for VRF routing.